Commit graph

9766 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Norman Hamer
fef4c6cb0d OpenSSL: Don't provide implementation of DES/RC4 for FIPS builds
DES and RC4 are not allowed in such builds, so comment out des_encrypt()
and rc4_skip() from the build to force compile time failures for cases
that cannot be supported instead of failing the operations at runtime.
This makes it easier to detect and fix accidental cases where DES/RC4
could still be used in some older protocols.

Signed-off-by: Norman Hamer <nhamer@absolute.com>
2022-11-26 11:34:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d42dafce6 RSN: Do not include RC4 use in FIPS builds
CONFIG_NO_RC4=y could have been used to remove this functionality, but
it might as well be done automatically based on CONFIG_FIPS=y as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-26 11:34:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6d3fd05e3 FT: Use SHA256 to derive PMKID for AKM 00-0F-AC:3 (FT-EAP)
PMKSA caching for the FT initial mobility domain association was fully
defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2020. The state before that was unclear and
there has been interoperability issues in this area, so use of PMKSA
caching with FT-EAP has been disabled in wpa_supplicant by default.

The wpa_supplicant and hostapd implementation of PMKSA caching for FT
ended up using an earlier default mechanism (SHA-1) for deriving the
PMKID when using the FT-EAP. This does not match what got defined in
IEEE Std 802.11-2020, 12.11.2.5.2 (SHA256). It is not really desirable
to use SHA-1 for anything with FT since the initial design of FT was
based on SHA256. Furthermore, it is obviously not good to differ in
behavior against the updated standard. As such, there is sufficient
justification to change the implementation to use SHA256 here even
though this ends up breaking backwards compatibility for PMKSA caching
with FT-EAP.

As noted above, this is still disabled in wpa_supplicant by default and
this change results in PMKSA caching not working only in cases where it
has been enabled explicitly with ft_eap_pmksa_caching=1. Those cases
recover by falling back to full EAP authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-25 09:37:17 +02:00
Mukul Sharma
ef70f814a7 Add a new QCA vendor attribute to configure wifi calling (wfc) state
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_WFC_STATE vendor attribute. Userspace
uses this attribute to configure wfc state to the driver/firmware. The
driver/firmware uses this information to optimize power savings, rate
adaption, roaming, etc.

Signed-off-by: Mukul Sharma <quic_mukul@quicinc.com>
2022-11-24 20:23:23 +02:00
Mert Ekren
c823197bde SAE: Use Challenge Failure status code in confirm message failure cases
IEEE Std 802.11-2020, 12.4.7.6 says that status code CHALLENGE_FAILURE,
needs to be sent in case the verification action fails for SAE Confirm
message frame from a STA: "An SAE Confirm message, with a status code
not equal to SUCCESS, shall indicate that a peer rejects a previously
sent SAE Confirm message. An SAE Confirm message that was not
successfully verified is indicated with a status code of
CHALLENGE_FAILURE."

hostapd, however, did not use this status code for this case. In
ieee802_11.c the function sae_check_confirm() is called and in case of
verification failure (-1 is returned), the response is set to
WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE (status code = 1). Fix this to use
CHALLENGE_FAILURE.

Signed-off-by: Koen Van Oost <koen.vanoost@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Mert Ekren <mert.ekren@airties.com>
2022-11-24 12:09:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e91ac53d53 DFS: Do not allow channel checks to go beyond the channel list
Explicitly check for invalid cases where the configured channel and
bandwidth might result in the full channel number range going beyond the
list of supported channels to avoid reading beyond the end of the
channel buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-23 22:51:50 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
91d148f508 PASN: Fix is_pasn_auth_frame() for mgmt tx status frames
The SA/DA checks needs to be reversed for the TX case.

Fixes: 8481c750 ("PASN: Fix Authentication frame checks")
Signed-off-by: Vinay Gannevaram <quic_vganneva@quicinc.com>
2022-11-23 18:45:51 +02:00
Qiwei Cai
b6c38cee93 Skip CAC if the driver switches channel to non-DFS
If an AP is started on a DFS channel (or any channels within its
bandwidth require DFS) and DFS is offloaded to the driver, hostapd needs
to wait for CAC to complete. But the driver may not do CAC and just
switches to a non-DFS channel instead. This would result in a failure to
start the AP because hostapd fails to receive a CAC complete event and
cannot finish interface setup.

Skip CAC and complete AP setup in the channel switch event handler for
this case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-23 18:32:46 +02:00
Sai Pratyusha Magam
080afc03d5 Add hostapd control interface command to stop logging to file
Add CLOSE_LOG command to stop hostapd logging to file. This can be
followed with RELOG to restart logging to the same file path.

Signed-off-by: Sai Pratyusha Magam <quic_smagam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-23 18:24:56 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
0fd13c90eb Add QCA vendor interface for AP doze mode configuration
Add a new subcommand QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_DOZED_AP to configure
doze mode state on an AP interface. This is also used as an event to
indicate the updated configuration. In doze mode, AP transmits
beacons at higher beacon intervals and RX is disabled.

Uses attributes defined in enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_dozed_ap.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <quic_pkushwah@quicinc.com>
2022-11-23 18:16:24 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
4e1f55a113 Roam control configuration for 6 GHz in full scan only on prior discovery
During the roam scan, if there are no desired APs found in the partial
frequency list, an immediate full scan on all the supported frequencies
is initiated as a fallback. This would include the 6 GHz PSC
frequencies. Define an attribute to allow that behavior to be modified
to include PSCs only if 6 GHz use has been detected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-23 13:03:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34d93b0c9d HS 2.0: Deauthenticate STA on deauth-imminent more quickly if no URL
When the RADIUS server requests a STA to be deauthenticated imminently
without providing a reason URL, there is no need to allow the STA spend
any additional time associated. Deauthenticate the STA immediately after
it has ACK'ed the WNM-Notification frame indicating imminent
deauthentication or at latest two seconds after having processes the
Access-Accept message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-21 22:57:38 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
2e40f969b1 nl80211: Fix wrong requested links bitmap in sta_mlo_info.req_links
Currently sta_mlo_info.req_links is not getting cleared before
populating the requested links information for a new connection/roam
event. This is causing wrong requested links bitmap in
sta_mlo_info.req_links if there is a change in requested link IDs
between the previous and the new connection. To avoid such issues fully
clear MLO connection information after disconnection and before
populating MLO connection information during (re)association event.

Fixes: cc2236299f ("nl80211: Get all requested MLO links information from (re)association events")
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-21 18:31:02 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
b6e226496b MLD STA: Fix IGTK and BIGTK MLO KDEs validation
IGTK and BIGTK MLO KDEs should be validated only when the AP sends them
in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4. Though IEEE P802.11be/D2.2 mandates MLO AP to
enable PMF and Beacon Protection features there is no text to mandate a
STA to discard connection when the MLO AP doesn't send IGTK and BIGTK
MLO KDEs in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 for a link. Also, fix
wpa_sm->mgmt_group_cipher checks before processing MLO IGTK and BIGTK
MLO KDEs.

Fixes: f15cc834cb ("MLD STA: Processing of EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 frame when using MLO")
Fixes: 8f2e493bec ("MLD STA: Validation of MLO KDEs for 4-way handshake EAPOL-Key frames")
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-21 18:27:18 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
2050130bec Add a vendor attribute for roam control configuration for full scan
During the roam scan, if there are no desired APs found in the partial
frequency list, an immediate full scan on all the supported frequencies
is initiated as a fallback. This flag controls the frequency list
creation for full scan on the following lines.
1 - Full scan to exclude the frequencies that were already scanned by
    the previous partial scan.
0 - Full scan to include all the supported frequencies irrespective of
    the ones already scanned by partial scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-21 16:49:16 +02:00
Glenn Strauss
12f16c27ba TLS: Fix unsigned int underflow in internal TLS 1.0/1.1 implementation
Taking sizeof(ptr) is incorrect to determine size of passed in hash and
results in hlen getting set to a very large value since MD5_MAC_LEN >
sizeof(ptr). Provide the actual size of the hash buffer from the caller
to fix this.

tls_key_x_server_params_hash() callers src/tls/tlsv1_client_read.c and
src/tls/tlsv1_server_write.c both pass in a large enough hash (hash[64]
or hash[100]) that this does not appear to have an impact, though it is
still wrong.

Signed-off-by: Glenn Strauss <gstrauss@gluelogic.com>
2022-11-20 19:11:01 +02:00
Glenn Strauss
802b67bced Update tls_connection_set_verify() documentation to verify_peer=2
This new value was added to verify peer certificate if it is provided,
but not reject the TLS handshake if no peer certificate is provided.

Signed-off-by: Glenn Strauss <gstrauss@gluelogic.com>
2022-11-20 18:50:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f723f7f8ad P2P: Check dev pointer consistently when building PD Response
The dev pointer could potentially be NULL here in some P2PS cases, so
check it explicitly before dereferencing it when checking for 6 GHz
capability.

Fixes: b9e2826b9d ("P2P: Filter 6 GHz channels if peer doesn't support them")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-20 15:15:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30403e9657 WPS: Check NDEF record length fields separately
Try to make the bounds checking easier for static analyzers by checking
each length field separately in addition to checking them all in the end
against the total buffer length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-20 15:15:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd0e8653a2 TDLS: Use stored FTE length in MIC calculation
Try to avoid static analyzer warnings due to use of the FTE length
field instead of the separately stored and validated length field value
when deriving FTE MIC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-20 15:15:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e85e24f35 TDLS: Use stored peer RSNE length in MIC calculation
Try to avoid static analyzer warnings due to use of the RSNE length
field instead of the separately stored and validated length field value
when deriving FTE MIC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-20 12:01:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40a42613e6 FT: Simplify FTE parsing for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY using MIC Length subfield
Commit 25b52e5f83 ("FT: Extend FTE parsing for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY") used
possible MIC length iteration to try to figure out the length of the MIC
field in FTE. That was the only option available at the time, but FTE is
now being extended in IEEE 802.11-REVme to explicitly indicate the
length of the MIC field for the new FT-SAE-EXT-KEY AKM to make this
easier.

Use the new design from the approved comment resolution (*) in
REVme/D2.0 ballot CID 3135 to simplify implementation. This gets rid of
the need to pass in key length and the somewhat strange need_{r0kh,r1kh}
parameters to wpa_ft_parse_ies().

(*)
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/22/11-22-1991-02-000m-proposed-resolutions-to-some-lb270-comments.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-20 11:43:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ea7a2f545 DPP: Drop PMKSA entry if AP reject association due to invalid PMKID
This is needed to avoid trying the subsequent connections with the old
PMKID that the AP claims not to hold and continues connection failures.
This was already handled for the SME-in-the-driver case in commit commit
50b77f50e8 ("DPP: Flush PMKSA if an assoc reject without timeout is
received"), but the wpa_supplicant SME case did not have matching
processing.

Add the needed check to avoid recover from cases where the AP has
dropped its PMKSA cache entry. Do this only based on the specific status
code value (53 = invalid PMKID) and only for the PMKSA entry that
triggered this failure to minimize actions taken based on an unprotected
(Re)Association Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-20 11:08:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4840b45a26 Fix empty pmksa_cache_get()
The addition of the "spa" argument was missed in the empty inline
function.

Fixes: 9ff778fa4b ("Check for own address (SPA) match when finding PMKSA entries")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-19 17:19:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3abd0c4719 SAE: Print rejection of peer element clearly in debug log
Depending on the crypto library, crypto_ec_point_from_bin() can fail if
the element is not on curve, i.e., that error may show up before getting
to the explicit crypto_ec_point_is_on_curve() check. Add a debug print
for that earlier call so that the debug log is clearly identifying
reason for rejecting the SAE commit message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-10 21:31:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ff778fa4b Check for own address (SPA) match when finding PMKSA entries
This prevents attempts of trying to use PMKSA caching when the existing
entry was created using a different MAC address than the one that is
currently being used. This avoids exposing the longer term PMKID value
when using random MAC addresses for connections.

In practice, similar restriction was already done by flushing the PMKSA
cache entries whenever wpas_update_random_addr() changed the local
address or when the interface was marked down (e.g., for an external
operation to change the MAC address).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-10 21:13:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f04a9c8dd Store own MAC address (SPA) in supplicant PMKSA cache entries
This is needed to be able to determine whether a PMKSA cache entry is
valid when using changing MAC addresses. This could also be used to
implement a mechanism to restore a previously used MAC address instead
of a new random MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-10 21:13:05 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
309765eb66 PASN: Use separate variables for BSSID and peer address
Using separate variables for BSSID and peer address is needed to support
Wi-Fi Aware (NAN) use cases where the group address is used as the BSSID
and that could be different from any other peer address. The
infrastructure BSS cases will continue to use the AP's BSSID as both the
peer address and BSSID for the PASN exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-10 21:12:50 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
42f0c44d84 PASN: Use peer address instead of BSSID as the destination for initiator
Rename struct pasn_data::bssid to peer_addr to be better aligned with
different use cases of PASN and its extensions. This is a step towards
having option to use different peer address and BSSID values for NAN use
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-10 21:03:23 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
15583802b9 nl80211: Allow up to 64-byte PMK in NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA
Kernel commit 22e76844c566 - ("ieee80211: Increase PMK maximum length to
 64 bytes") increased the maximum allowed length for NL80211_ATTR_PMK to
64 bytes. Thus, allow sending 64 bytes PMK in NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
if NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA fails with ERANGE try NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA
again without PMK. Also, skip sending PMK when PMK length is greater
than 64 bytes.

This is needed for some newer cases like DPP with NIST P-521 and
SAE-EXT-KEY with group 21. The kernel change from 48 to 64 octets is
from February 2018, so the new limit should be available in most cases
that might want to use these new mechanisms. Maintain a backwards
compatible fallback option for now to cover some earlier needs for DPP.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-09 13:21:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbe5f0c1eb FT: Do not try to use FT protocol between mobility domains
wpa_supplicant has support for only a single FT key hierarchy and as
such, cannot use more than a single mobility domain at a time. Do not
allow FT protocol to be started if there is a request to reassociate to
a different BSS within the same ESS if that BSS is in a different
mobility domain. This results in the initial mobility domain association
being used whenever moving to another mobility domain.

While it would be possible to add support for multiple FT key hierachies
and multiple mobility domains in theory, there does not yet seem to be
sufficient justification to add the complexity needed for that due to
limited, if any, deployment of such networks. As such, it is simplest to
just prevent these attempts for now and start with a clean initial
mobility domain association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-09 00:54:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7febe33f6 MLO: Remove unnecessary debug prints about clearing AP RSNE/RSNXE
There is no help from seeing 32 lines of debug prints about clearing
AP's RSNE/RSNXE information for each potential link when such
information has not been set in the first place. These were printed even
when there is no use of MLO whatsoever, so get rid of the prints for any
case where the value has not yet been set.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-08 14:35:35 +02:00
Rhythm Patwa
16d913bfd8 Define AFC vendor commands and events
Wi-Fi Alliance specification for Automated Frequency Coordination (AFC)
system ensures that the Standard Power Wi-Fi devices can operate in 6
GHz spectrum under favorable conditions, without any interference with
the incumbent devices.

Add support for vendor command/events and corresponding
attributes to define the interface for exchanging AFC requests and
responses between the driver and a userspace application.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-07 21:09:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
46f5cf9280 OpenSSL: Fix additional HPKE corner cases
Commit 820211245b ("OpenSSL: Fix HPKE in some corner cases") increased
the buffer size for EVP_PKEY_derive() by 16 octets, but it turns out
that OpenSSL might need significantly more room in some cases. Replace a
fixed length buffer with dynamic query for the maximum size and
allocated buffer to cover that need.

This showed up using the following test case sequence:
dbus_pkcs11 module_wpa_supplicant

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-07 18:01:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0628f8a50 OpenSSL: Remove unused assignment from HPKE expand
The length of labeled_info is determined separately, so there is no need
to increment the pos pointer after the final entry has been added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-07 14:02:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e1a04afa1 nl80211: Check that attribute addition succeeds in offloaded PASN case
Check nla_put_flag() return value to be consistent with other nla_put*()
uses.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-07 14:02:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
271ce71c7a FT: Fix PMK-R0 derivation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY with SHA512
Not only the hash[] array, but also the r0_key_data[] array needs to be
extended in size to fit the longer key and salt.

Fixes: a76a314c15 ("FT: Extend PMK-R0 derivation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-07 00:29:39 +02:00
Rohan Dutta
2f61d703a1 MLD STA: Group key handshake processing for GTK/IGTK/BIGTK rekeying
Add support for group rekeying in MLO connection. Parse per link MLO
GTK/IGTK/BIGTK KDEs from Group Key msg 1/2 and configure to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <quic_drohan@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 23:36:49 +02:00
Rohan Dutta
f0760aa6dd MLD STA: Use AP MLD address as destination for 4-way handshake EAPOL-Key frames
Use AP MLD address as the destination address for EAPOL-Key 4-way
handshake frames since authenticator/supplicant operates above MLD. The
driver/firmware will use RA/TA based on the link used for transmitting
the EAPOL frames.

Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <quic_drohan@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 23:36:49 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
8f2e493bec MLD STA: Validation of MLO KDEs for 4-way handshake EAPOL-Key frames
Validate new KDEs defined for MLO connection in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 and
3/4 and reject the 4-way handshake frames if any of the new KDE data is
not matching expected key data.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 23:36:49 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
f15cc834cb MLD STA: Processing of EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 frame when using MLO
Process EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 and configure PTK and per-link GTK/IGTK/BIGTK
keys to the driver when MLO is used.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 23:36:49 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
08512e5f35 MLD STA: Extend key configuration functions to support Link ID
Add support to specify a Link ID for set key operation for MLO
connection. This does not change the existing uses and only provides the
mechanism for extension in following commits.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 23:36:49 +02:00
Rohan Dutta
a4adb2f3e1 MLD STA: Configure TK to the driver using AP MLD address
Configure TK to the driver with AP MLD address with MLO is used. Current
changes are handling only EAPOL-Key 4-way handshake and FILS
authentication cases, i.e., FT protocol case needs to be addressed
separately.

Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <quic_drohan@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 23:36:49 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
fa5cad61a4 MLD STA: Use AP MLD address in PMKSA entry
Use the AP MLD address instead of the BSSID of a link as the
authenticator address in the PMKSA entry.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 23:36:36 +02:00
Rohan Dutta
052bf8a51b MLD STA: Use AP MLD address to derive pairwise keys
Use AP MLD address to derive pairwise keys for MLO connection. Current
changes are handling only PTK derivation during EAPOL-Key 4-way
handshake and FILS authentication, i.e., FT protocol case needs to be
addressed separately.

Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <quic_drohan@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 18:29:36 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
e784372564 MLD STA: Add MLO KDEs for EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 and 4/4
Add new KDEs introduced for MLO connection as specified in
12.7.2 EAPOL-Key frames, IEEE P802.11be/D2.2.
- Add MAC and MLO Link KDE for each own affliated link (other than the
  link on which association happened) in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4.
- Add MAC KDE in 4/4 EAPOL frame.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 18:19:22 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
472a0b8d60 MLD STA: Set MLO connection info to wpa_sm
Update the following MLO connection information to wpa_sm:
- AP MLD address and link ID of the (re)association link.
- Bitmap of requested links and accepted links
- Own link address for each requested link
- AP link address, RSNE and RSNXE for each requested link

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 18:04:09 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
cc2236299f nl80211: Get all requested MLO links information from (re)association events
Currently only accepted MLO links information is getting parsed from
(re)association events. Add support to parse all the requested MLO links
information including rejected links. Get the rejected MLO links
information from netlink attributes if the kernel supports indicating
per link status. Otherwise get the rejected MLO links information by
parsing (Re)association Request and Response frame elements.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-11-06 17:49:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ca5c2ec2a PASN: Fix spelling of RSNE in debug messages
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-06 17:11:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a43536a72b PASN: Verify explicitly that elements are present before parsing
Make sure the elements were present before trying to parse them. This
was already done for most cases, but be consistent and check each item
explicitly before use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-06 17:10:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e38524076 PASN: Fix MIC check not to modify const data
The previous version was using typecasting to ignore const marking for
the input buffer to be able to clear the MIC field for MIC calculation.
That is not really appropriate and could result in issues in the future
if the input data cannot be modified. Fix this by using an allocated
copy of the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-06 16:52:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8481c75091 PASN: Fix Authentication frame checks
The way type and subtype of the FC field was checked does not really
work correctly. Fix those to check all bits of the subfields. This does
not really make any practical difference, though, since the caller was
already checking this.

Furthermore, use a helper function to avoid having to maintain two
copies of this same functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-11-06 11:42:58 +02:00
Glenn Strauss
7ad757ec01 Document crypto_ec_key_get_subject_public_key() to use compressed format
Document in src/crypto/crypto.h that compressed point format is expected
in DER produced by crypto_ec_key_get_subject_public_key(). This is the
format needed for both SAE-PK and DPP use cases that are the current
users of this function.

Signed-off-by: Glenn Strauss <gstrauss@gluelogic.com>
2022-11-05 17:31:51 +02:00
Hu Wang
ae517789fa P2P: Allow PSC channel to be used for 6 GHz BW40
For the 6 GHz opclass 132, ch for loop only allows non-PSC channels { 1,
9, 17, 25, 33, 41, 49,... } to be used. This does not match the IEEE Std
802.11ax-2021 expectation of a 6 GHz-only AP "should set up the BSS with
a primary 20 MHz channel that coincides with a preferred scanning
channel".

Increase ch by 4 to allow PSC channel to be used for 6 GHz BW40.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-05 12:09:34 +02:00
Qiwei Cai
9c830d9178 P2P: Track peer 6 GHz capability more robustly
It's necessary to maintain knowledge of the 6 GHz capability of the
peer. Since the Device Capability field migth change between frames
depending on the context in which they are used, loooking at the last
received message might not always provide accurate information.

Add supports_6ghz bool variable in struct p2p_device, initialize it to
false and set to true if the P2P_DEV_CAPAB_6GHZ_BAND_CAPABLE bit is set
to 1 in any P2P frame that includes the P2P Capability attribute. This
boolean would not be cleared to false at any point in time so that the
info doesn't disappear dynamically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-05 12:04:09 +02:00
Krunalsinh Padhar
1ca403a8b1 Add QCA vendor subcommand to notify about primary netdev
Add a new vendor subcommand
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_MLO_PEER_PRIM_NETDEV_EVENT to send notification
to application layer about primary netdev of an MLO peer association.

Also define the attributes present in this subcommand.

Signed-off-by: Krunalsinh Padhar <quic_kpadhar@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 15:47:54 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
70d89f90e6 A vendor roam control configuration for delaying hand off for RX
Introduce a run time roam configuration for "hand off delay for RX".
This value, in milliseconds, will delay the hand off for the specified
time to receive pending RX frames from the current BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 15:34:47 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
fff81a468f PASN: Change pasn_use_384() to be a non-static function
libpasn.so users, e.g., Wi-Fi Aware module, could use this function
while deriving protocol specific keys using KDK. Move this function to
global scope to allow that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 13:01:08 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
ea241cbe9d PASN: Rename struct wpas_pasn to pasn_data
struct wpas_pasn is common to both initiator and responder, so rename it
to pasn_data to avoid the "wpas_" prefix that could be seen as a
reference to wpa_supplicant (PASN initiator).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 12:59:29 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
6be84343af PASN: Add pairing verification wrapper function for Wi-Fi Aware
Wi-Fi Aware uses PASN handshake to authenticate peer devices. Devices
can simply verify each other for subsequent sessions as long as the keys
remain valid after authentication has been successful and pairing has
been established.

In pairing verification, Wi-Fi Aware devices uses PASN Authentication
frames with custom PMKID and Wi-Fi Aware R4 specific verification IEs.
It does not use wrapped data in the Authentication frames. This function
provides support to construct PASN Authentication frames for pairing
verification.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 12:58:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
325236948a PASN: Mark wpas_pasn_start() comeback argument const
Make it clear that this argument is not modified and freed within PASN
processing to be consistent with the only use of it by calling
wpas_pasn_build_auth_1() which has already marked it const.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 12:56:37 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
b1ed44b6a6 PASN: Allow extra elements to be added into PASN Authentication frames
Wi-Fi Aware defines protocol specific elements in PASN Authentication
frames for pairing setup. Add an option to add this type of custom
elements into PASN frames. This is mainly for the libpasn.so use cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 12:33:38 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
78c5bb7f50 PASN: Move responder functionality into a separate file
PASN responder validates auth 1 frame and sends auth 2 frame to the
initiator. It analyses the auth 3 frame and verifies successful
authentication. Wi-Fi Aware modules can reuse this functionality through
a shared library libpasn.so generated from this code. Move the PASN
functionality that is now decoupled from the hapd context into a
separate file in a common directory to make it easier to build such a
library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
c7edfce79a PASN: Move initiator changes into a separate file
PASN initiator functionality builds auth 1 and auth 3 frames, and
processes auth 2 frame received from the responder. Wi-Fi Aware modules
can reuse this functionality through a shared library libpasn.so
generated from this code. Move the PASN functionality that is now
decoupled from the wpa_s context into a separate file in a common
directory to make it easier to build such a library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
975b7a02cb Move SAE comeback token functionality into a separate file
This is helpful in being able to get the functionality needed for SAE
into a separate library (libpasn.so) without needing all of the
ieee802_11.c functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
1711fe9121 PASN: Compute MIC from RSNE and RSNXE of the frame for Wi-Fi Aware
Wi-Fi Aware R4 specification defines Beacon RSNE/RSNXE to be same as
RSNE/RSNXE present in Auth2 frame. So, MIC validation should be done
with the RSNE and RSNXE received in Auth2 frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
6f80014b10 PASN: Allow custom PMKID in Authentication frames for Wi-Fi Aware
Wi-Fi Aware R4 specification introduces a custom PMKID derived from
Nonce and TAG. This custom PMKID is included in PASN Authentication
frames during pairing verification. So, allow use of a custom PMKID in
PASN frames and validate it using a function handler. Wi-Fi Aware
component that uses libpasn.so should take care of validating the custom
PMKID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
e99047da2b PASN: Add a handler func to send mgmt frames to the driver from AP
Introduce a function handler to transmit PASN Authentication frames to
the driver. This removes the hapd dependency for sending the frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
4022ffc5db PASN: Store AKMP in the PTKSA cache
PTK is stored in the PTKSA cache following a successful PASN handshake,
however AKMP is removed upon a WPA PASN reset. The PASN handshake is
used in the Wi-Fi Aware R4 specification to define the pairing setup
process. KDK is used to generate a new set of keys, while AKMP is
required for key derivation for pairing. So, keep AKMP in the PTKSA
cache.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
c55eadede7 PASN: Remove hapd dependency in processing PASN Authentication frames
Remove hapd dependency in processing PASN M1/M3 frames and build PASN M2
frame. Initialize required pasn parameters from hapd before passing
Authentication frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
6dc833bc5c PASN: Remove hapd dependency for PASN and SAE comeback
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
1861f57162 PASN: Remove hapd dependency for pasn_derive_keys()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
1fa266e99d PASN: Remove hapd dependency for SAE and FILS wrapped data
This makes hostapd use the struct defines from pasn_common.h so that the
same struct is shared with wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
bc9fbe1b24 PASN: Common wpas_pasn structure for initiator and responder
Make struct wpas_pasn common for both the initiator and the responder by
adding required parameters for responder to the existing struct
wpas_pasn. This makes both hostapd and wpa_supplicant share the same
structure definitions in preparation for allowing PASN functionality to
be built into a separate library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:17 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
14b5ebce73 PASN: Add a common header file for initiator and responder
This is a step towards decoupling the PASN initiator and responder
implemenentation is decoupled from the wpa_s and hapd contexts and
moving to a common folder for better abstraction. Move the struct
wpas_pasn definition to a common file for initiator and responder. The
idea is to provide a library libpasn.so from PASN common code. Include
C++ compatibilty wrapper to extend libpasn.so support for modules using
cpp code base.

This library can be used in applications implementing protocols based on
the PASN handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:52:15 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
90bb73c518 PASN: Remove wpa_sm dependency to add an entry to PMKSA cache
Store PMKSA cache entry in wpas_pasn and remove wpa_sm dependency to add
an entry to PMKSA cache. This is a step towards allowing the PASN
implementation to be used outside the context of wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:41:56 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
10e455c44a Enable use of PMKSA caching independent of RSN supplicant state machine
Allow PMKSA caching functionality to be used even if sm, current_cb, and
free_cb are uninitialized. This makes RSN supplicant state machine
independent PMKSA caching possible for other modules, enabling
functional reuse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-04 00:19:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d0ee1908b Fix the vendor ID assignment for configuring periodic sounding
This was supposed to update the requested value to the next available
one, not to duplicate the already assigned value.

Fixes: b17b86da47 ("QCA vendor attribute to configure periodic sounding")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-03 19:22:53 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
b17b86da47 QCA vendor attribute to configure periodic sounding
Add a new QCA vendor attribute to configure the periodic sounding
for Tx beamformer functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-03 17:53:32 +02:00
Vinay Gannevaram
ef5a9a009d nl80211: Fix parsing PASN peer and src addresses from vendor nl attributes
Need to copy the actual data of the attribute, not the beginning of the
data structure pointing to the attribute.

Fixes: de3b91a172 ("nl80211: Define vendor interface functions to offload PASN authentication")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-03 17:37:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c55c9273c More debug prints for EAPOL-Key message generation (Authenticator)
AES-WRAP(KEK) protection of the Key Data field did not include all the
details in the log. Extend that to cover the details that were already
present for the AES-SIV case to make the debug log more useful for
analyzing issues in this area. Furthermore, print the full EAPOL-Key
frame in the log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-11-03 12:38:06 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
9dafad1ea3 EHT: Definitions for STA Control fields of Basic Multi-Link element
Define subelement IDs and Per-STA Profile STA control fields of Basic
Multi-Link element as described in IEEE P802.11be/D2.2. Also add define
for Multi-Link Control field length.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-10-31 17:07:38 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
1fbea7d432 EHT: Multi-Link element defragmentation
Add support for element defragmentation of different types of Multi-Link
elements.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-10-31 16:54:45 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
ec03b71ee9 common: Refactor element defragmentation
Instead of saving the pointers to the fragment elements during parsing
of the frame, append all fragments found right after the element to the
element length. Defragmentation of the element can be done by parsing
appended fragment elements. This approach removes the limit on the
maximum number of fragmented elements supported in a frame.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-10-31 12:36:21 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
347ea8f0a5 EHT: Parse Multi-Link elements
Parse and store pointers to different types of Multi-Link elements
received in Management frames.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-10-31 12:10:17 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
73f540b6a7 MLD STA: Fetch MLO association Link ID info to core wpa_supplicant
Fetch the MLO association Link ID info from the driver to the
wpa_supplicant instance of the corresponding MLD STA interface. This
info is needed when setting the MLO connection info to wpa_sm.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-10-31 12:07:41 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
ee46b7d6d3 nl80211: Check MLO link status info in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event indicates MLO links status info with kernel
commit 53ad07e9823b ("wifi: cfg80211: support reporting failed links").
Consider MLO links as valid links only if the status is success (or was
not indicated).

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-10-31 12:01:30 +02:00
Morten Brørup
6e015cd454 RADIUS: Add Filter-Id attribute
Add Filter-Id to the list of RADIUS attributes.

Signed-off-by: Morten Brørup <mb@smartsharesystems.com>
2022-10-31 11:56:57 +02:00
Jhalak Naik
06800f612f Add QCA vendor attributes for EHT support in external ACS
Add support for new vendor sub-command attributes for 320 MHz
channel width and puncturing information as part of the
external ACS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-17 11:27:04 +03:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
0423686639 Vendor attribute to configure QoS/AC upgrade for UDP frames
Introduce a new attribute to configure access category
override for UDP frames of BE/BK category. Unlike, the
earlier attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_UDP_QOS_UPGRADE
which will override for all UDP frames, this attribute is
for overriding only for BE/BK based UDP frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-17 11:26:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e5d15e2254 EHT: Allow EHT to be disabled using disable_eht=1 in wpa_supplicant
This is similar to the previously added disable_ht/vht/he parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-17 11:13:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebe6a7c948 FT: Cover variable length KCK in function documentation
FT can use different KCK length based on the AKM and PMK-R0 length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:43:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eda4ba081c FT: Reassociation Response frame validation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Cover the variable length MIC field when validating the Reassociation
Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:43:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f7253d35d FT: Response processing for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Cover the variable length MIC field when processing the response from an
AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:43:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a1eb1bb0e0 FT: Supplicant side FTE generation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Add the SHA512-based variant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:43:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
883e33594d FT: Authentication request frame processing for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Figure out the correct hash algorithm based on which MIC field length
assumption results in successful parsing. This is needed since the key
length is not yet known at this point on the AP when using the new
FT-SAE-EXT-KEY AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:43:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
879363bbc1 FT: Reassociation Request frame parsing for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Handle the new MIC field length option for the SHA512-based variant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:43:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8f23c9480 FT: Association Response frame FTE generation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Add the SHA512-based variant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:43:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a76a314c15 FT: Extend PMK-R0 derivation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Provide AKM to the helper function to cover the SHA512-based derivation
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:43:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
79cd846b2e FT: Extend PTK derivation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Cover the SHA512-based derivation case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:24:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
39b60f3348 FT: Extend PMK-R1 derivation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Cover the SHA512-based derivation case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:22:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb4fc704c0 FT: Debug print FTE subelements during parsing
This can be helpful in trying to figure out issues with determination of
the MIC field length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:20:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25b52e5f83 FT: Extend FTE parsing for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Provide AKM, key length, and information about needed subelements to the
parser function so that the variable length MIC field cases can be
recognized for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY. Knowledge about R0KH-ID/R1KH-ID being
needed is required to be able to iterate over possible MIC field lengths
for the case where the AP does not yet know the correct key length at
the beginning of FT protocol.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:17:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f58afee9a FT: Extend MIC derivation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Provide AKM to the helper function so that the new SHA256 and SHA512
options can be covered for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:07:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dcd46edf5f FT: Extend PMKR1Name derivation for FT-SAE-EXT-KEY
Provide key length instead of SHA384/SHA256 selection to the helper
function so that the new SHA512 option can be covered for
FT-SAE-EXT-KEY.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 17:03:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9fd2455642 FT: Support longer SAE PMK for FT in INITPSK AP
This is needed for the new FT-SAE-EXT-KEY AKM that uses variable length
PMK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 16:54:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c41bd98be3 FT: AP mode FTE writing to support FT-SAE-KEY-EXT
Provide enough information to allow the FTE to be built using the
correct MIC field length based on the used AKM and key length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 16:51:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efa0f51d33 FT: Accept 512-bit PMK-R1 from RRB
This will be needed for FT-SAE-KEY-EXT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-16 16:41:12 +03:00
Harsh Kumar Bijlani
eb0821c90c Add service class id attribute in SCS rule config vendor subcommand
Add service class id attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SCS_RULE_CONFIG_SERVICE_CLASS_ID in SCS rule
configuration vendor subcommand
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SCS_RULE_CONFIG.

Signed-off-by: Harsh Kumar Bijlani<quic_hbijlani@quicinc.com>
2022-10-14 16:35:29 +03:00
Chaoli Zhou
f8a05de669 Move default action from after switch to within
Move from this type of constructions:

switch (val) {
case 1:
	something;
	break;
}
default-action;

into following:

switch (val) {
case 1:
	something;
	break;
default:
	default-action;
	break
}

for cases where the switch statement is not expected to contain a full
set of enum values and as such, does not lose value from not having the
default target.

This makes the intent of default behavior clearer for static analyzers like
gcc with -Wswitch-default.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <quic_zchaoli@quicinc.com>
2022-10-14 16:08:20 +03:00
Vishal Miskin
7614fcebe0 ACS: Filter out 6 GHz channels if HE or EHT is not enabled
Do not include 6 GHz channels in the ACS possible channel list if
neither HE (ieee80211ax=1) nor EHT (ieee80211be=1) is enabled since
those channels cannot be used in such combination.

Signed-off-by: Vishal Miskin <quic_vmiskin@quicinc.com>
2022-10-13 21:21:51 +03:00
Swarn Singh
1864664ca3 Android: Delay QCA roam+auth event until NL80211_CMD_ROAM is received
Information from both NL80211_CMD_ROAM and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH events is required for
processing the roam events correctly, especially to get the newly
connected BSS details. Indicate the roam event to private libraries only
after NL80211_CMD_ROAM and QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH
events are received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-13 18:34:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8219d2b7dd PASN: Fix CONFIG_PASN=y build without CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y
Do not try to use variables that are not defined without
CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y and add the forgotten "inline" for the function
wrapper.

Fixes: 5c65ad6c0b ("PASN: Support PASN with FT key derivation")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-10-04 20:41:54 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
61c6e7c62c nl80211: Parsing of MLO connection info from roam+auth event
Add support to parse MLO connection information from
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_MLO_LINKS for
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH event.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-29 13:26:53 +03:00
Rohan Dutta
3d842d9108 MLD STA: Add support for parsing MLO KDEs
Add support for parsing MLO KDEs as defined in Table 12-10 (KDE
selectors) in IEEE P802.11be/D2.0.

Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <quic_drohan@quicinc.com>
Co-authored-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-28 23:24:36 +03:00
Rachit Kankane
e1105bab89 Add QCA vendor interface support for Spatial Reuse (SR) feature
Add a new vendor sub-command to implement Spatial Reuse feature.
Userspace enables SR feature with specific configuration parameters. The
driver/firmware upon receiving the command, enables the SR feature if it
is supported by the currently connected AP. The driver may reject the
command if it cannot enable the SR with the configured parameters. The
driver sends events to userspace to indicate when SR feature is enabled
or disabled internally. Userspace can also query SR feature related
parameters and statistics from the driver/firmware as needed.

Signed-off-by: Rachit Kankane <quic_rkankane@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleti Nageshwar Reddy <quic_anageshw@quicinc.com>
2022-09-26 12:50:43 +03:00
Chaoli Zhou
1f39f85b72 Fix compiler warning on shift overflow in QCA vendor definitions
Fix the following compiler error:
qca-vendor.h:5892:54: error: result of ‘1 << 31’ requires 33 bits to represent, but ‘int’ only has 32 bits [-Werror=shift-overflow=]
 5892 |  QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_CHANNEL_PROP_FLAG_HE40INTOL     = 1 << 31,

This "1" needs to be marked unsigned for this case of MSB=1.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <quic_zchaoli@quicinc.com>
2022-09-23 19:38:07 +03:00
Sunil Ravi
a7684a21c7 Update hw mode after ACS selects the channel
hostapd based automatic channel selection doesn't update the hardware
mode after the channel is selected. This change specifically helps
channel 14 which can operate only in IEEE 802.11b mode.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Ravi <sunilravi@google.com>
2022-09-23 00:23:56 +03:00
Shay Bar
01944c0957 Fix RNR BSSID setting for own interfaces
bss->conf->bssid may be kept unset and will cause an empty BSSID field
in RNR. Fix this to use own_addr instead.

Signed-off-by: Shay Bar <shay.bar@celeno.com>
Signed-off-by: moran.daori <moran.daori@celeno.com>
2022-09-16 22:15:56 +03:00
stijn@linux-ipv6.be
f77c0f914a ACS: Include frequency in info messages
The ACS info messages frequently appear for multiple channels. Without
the actual frequency in the messages, they are not very informative.
Add the frequency to them to improve this.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2022-09-16 21:39:47 +03:00
Sergey Matyukevich
0c7b3814ca Use a less generic name for IEEE802.11 CRC-32 routine
Hostapd uses 'crc32' name for IEEE802.11 CRC-32 routine. This name is
too generic. Buildroot autobuilder detected build configuration that
failed to build due to the naming conflict: static linking with openssl
using zlib-ng as a zlib provider, e.g. see:
- http://autobuild.buildroot.net/results/9901df820d3afa4cde78e8ad6d62cb8ce7e69fdb/
- http://autobuild.buildroot.net/results/ac19975f0bf77f4a8ca574c374092ba81cd5a332/

Use a less generic name ieee80211_crc32 for IEEE802.11 CRC-32 routine
to avoid such naming conflicts.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <geomatsi@gmail.com>
2022-09-16 21:39:47 +03:00
David Bauer
7ed17eee3a ACS: Don't select indoor channel on outdoor operation
Don't select channels designated for exclusive indoor use when the
country string is set for outdoor operation (country3=0x4f, i.e., the
third character of the country string is 'O').

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2022-09-16 21:00:21 +03:00
nakul kachhwaha
ef2d2e81a9 Add a new QCA vendor attribute to support flexible TWT
Add a new attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_NUDGE_SP_START_OFFSET to
configure offset to shift start of the service period. This attribute
will be used when device supports flexible TWT. If provided, this
attribute will override QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_NUDGE_WAKE_TIME.

Signed-off-by: nakul kachhwaha <quic_nkachhwa@quicinc.com>
2022-09-16 20:02:49 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
1b6f3b5850 MLD STA: Indicate per link channel switch
Parse link id info from channel switch events and indicate the info to
control interface using new per link channel switch events. If channel
switch happens on the link which used during association both legacy
and new per-link channel switch events will be reported.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 16:00:51 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
b7f98d92dc MLD STA: Add per-link MLO signal poll
Add support to fetch and indicate per-link MLO signal poll information
via a new control interface command MLO_SIGNAL_POLL.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 16:00:51 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
8dd5b9a9ed nl80211: Send bssid info as parameter to nl80211_get_link_signal()
Add bssid as parameter to nl80211_get_link_signal() instead of using
bssid from driver structure. This is useful for calling the function
per-MLO link.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 16:00:51 +03:00
Shivani Baranwal
cc29cadf2e Helper function to get MLD address from Basic Multi-Link element
Add a utility function to fetch Multi-Link Device (MLD) address from a
Basic Multi-Link element.

Signed-off-by: Shivani Baranwal <quic_shivbara@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 16:00:38 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
e211286140 nl80211: Use AP MLD address to set supplicant port as authorized
Use AP MLD address as the peer's MAC address to set supplicant port as
authorized for MLO connection.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 05:58:14 +03:00
Shivani Baranwal
7784964cbe MLD STA: Fetch MLO connection info into core wpa_supplicant
Add support to fetch MLO connection info from the driver to the
wpa_supplicant instance of corresponding MLD STA interface. In addition,
return true for BSSs associated with MLO links from wpa_bss_in_use() to
avoid getting them cleared from scan results.

Co-authored-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Shivani Baranwal <quic_shivbara@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 05:55:40 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
e2147f917f nl80211: Indicate MLO connection info in driver status
Indicate MLO connection info in DRIVER-STATUS control interface command.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 05:40:21 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
c7741009f7 nl80211: Parse MLO connection info in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event
Parse NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event and cache the
MLO connection information. Set the legacy connection fields such as
assoc_freq and bssid to the values of the MLO link on which association
happened.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 05:31:55 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
bd499f0e6e Add a helper function to get ML IE of specified type from IEs buffer
Add a helper function to find the specified type of Multi-Link element
from IEs buffer.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 05:08:36 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
36645f8394 EHT: Add Multi-Link element field definitions
Define the following fields described in IEEE P802.11be/D2.1:
- Multi-Link element types as defined in Table 9-401c (Type subfield
  encoding)
- Basic Multi-Link element presence bitmap as defined in Figure
  9-1002g (Presence Bitmap subfield of the Basic Multi-Link element
  format)

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-09-15 04:23:18 +03:00
Qiwei Cai
62612dfc1a P2P: Use only PSC for P2P group in the 6 GHz band
P2P connections in the 6 GHz band should be limited to preferred
scanning channels since AP/GO discovery cannot depend on 2.4/5 GHz
discovery.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-14 23:54:20 +03:00
Chaoli Zhou
7974d80531 Configure RRM elements to the driver in the driver-AP-SME case
Support updating the RRM IEs to the driver for Probe Response and
(Re)Association response frames in the AP mode when the SME is
implemented in the driver.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <quic_zchaoli@quicinc.com>
2022-09-14 21:32:23 +03:00
Manaswini Paluri
122cdd5925 Enable TWT responder AP role only if IEEE 802.11ax/HE is enabled
Set TWT responder configurator in the driver parameters only when the AP
is configured with HE enabled. This was already done for the extended
capability bit generation in commit 8de0ff0fa1 ("HE: Add TWT responder
extended capabilities field"), but this parameter for the driver command
to start the AP in _ieee802_11_set_beacon() missed the condition.

Move the ieee80211ax check into the common helper function to cover both
cases. In addition, add a check for disable_11ax to cover the case where
HE is disabled for a specific BSS.

Fixes: ab8c55358e ("HE: Dynamically turn on TWT responder support")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-13 04:24:03 +03:00
Aleti Nageshwar Reddy
5b76c36545 Extend attributes of QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_STA_INFO
Extend attributes of subcmd QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_STA_INFO
for quering per MCS TX and RX packets from the driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-13 00:21:45 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
897e090852 QCA vendor attribute to configure periodic sounding
Add a new QCA vendor attribute to configure the periodic sounding for Tx
beamformer functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-12 23:54:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cc6f985d1 wlantest: Recognize additional not-Robust Action categories
Do not complain about unprotected Action frames for additional
categories that have been defined as not being Robust.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-05 22:06:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cd392151c5 Validate MAC Address KDE length in the parser
Verify that the MAC Address KDE includes enough data to contain a MAC
address as a part of the parsing function so that each caller would not
need to verify this separately. None of the existing users of this
parser actually needed the MAC address value, so there was not any use
for the length field before. The updated design is more robust for
future uses and gets rid of that unused length field as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-05 20:56:49 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
6f8af5974c Fix expiration logic for the first PTKSA cache entry
When an entry is added to the PTKSA cache, timer expiration is not set.
Check the list and set the timer expiration when the list is empty also.
When another entry is added to the list, it is placed before the relavant
entry in the order of expiry time of all entries present in the list.

Fixes: a4e3691616 ("WPA: Add PTKSA cache implementation")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-02 17:10:58 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
85e28a79ba PASN: Set secure ranging context to driver after association
After the secure association and PTK derivation are completed, if the
device supports LTF keyseed, generate the LTF keyseed using KDK and set
the ranging context to the driver by using the command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SECURE_RANGING_CONTEXT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-02 17:07:56 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
9b62b61c68 PASN: Configure secure ranging context to the driver in AP mode
AP as a responder, on successful completion of PASN authentication
configures the required keys by using the command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SECURE_RANGING_CONTEXT to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-02 16:25:20 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
de3b91a172 nl80211: Define vendor interface functions to offload PASN authentication
This defines the QCA vendor interface functions to offload PASN
authentication from the driver.

The driver sends the QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PASN event requesting to
perform PASN authentication with a list of peers with which the driver
needs to do ranging. wpa_supplicant performs PASN handshake with all the
peer devices and sets the required keys using the command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SECURE_RANGING_CONTEXT to the driver. After
PASN handshake is completed with all requested peers, wpa_supplicant
sends consolidated status for all peers to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-02 16:18:26 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
e2c3cdf2ca nl80211: Register PASN Authentication frames for SME-in-driver
This is needed to allow PASN processing offload from the driver to
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-02 16:18:14 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
58a96187ee nl80211: Allow PASN Authentication frames with random (foreign) MAC address
To support secure ranging with a random MAC address, PASN handshake is
performed with a different source MAC address from the device's own
interface address. Hence, allow PASN Authentication frames with any
foreign MAC address to further process the Authentication frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-02 16:18:14 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
24929543ba PASN: Deauthenticate on PTKSA cache entry expiration
Add an option for an alternative processing of PTKSA life time expiry.

Register a callback in wpa_supplicant to handle the life time expiry of
the keys in PTKSA cache. Send PASN deauthentication when a PTKSA cache
entry expires.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-02 16:18:14 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
2edebc6b63 PASN: Add interface to handle PASN request from the driver
This brings in the function declarations and data structures that are
required for handling PASN request from the driver, sending secure
ranging context and PASN response to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-02 15:27:50 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
9330bf3189 PASN: Add function to compute LTF keyseed from KDK
Add a function to derive the LTF keyseed from KDK. This function is
built only in case that CONFIG_PASN is enabled at build time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-01 20:30:11 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
580bd04cf3 Add own MAC address used for key derivation to PTKSA cache
On successful PASN handshake or 4-way handshake with a peer, PTK is
derived using the local and peer MAC addresses as input. Store the own
MAC address that is used for key derivation in PTKSA cache to maintain
that state over potential MAC addresses changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-01 19:01:21 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
d0d585c481 Store secure ranging driver capabilities in WPA state machine
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-01 18:59:58 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
96a604128b Use separate PASN capabilities for AP and STA modes
Use separate capabilities for AP and STA modes for P802.11az security
parameters secure LTF support, secure RTT measurement exchange support,
and protection of range negotiation and measurement management frames
support.

P802.11az security parameters are considered to be supported for both
station and AP modes if the driver sets NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, and
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE flags. The driver can
advertize capabilities specific to each mode using
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF*,
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT*, and
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE* flags.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-09-01 18:59:52 +03:00
Andre Heider
c80dc69408 OpenSSL: Include rsa.h for all OpenSSL versions
This fixes the build with OpenSSL 1.1.1:
../src/crypto/crypto_openssl.c: In function 'crypto_rsa_oaep_sha256_decrypt':
../src/crypto/crypto_openssl.c:4404:49: error: 'RSA_PKCS1_OAEP_PADDING' undeclared (first use in this function)

Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
2022-08-31 17:19:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f9a988f1f DPP3: Do not initiate PKEX for PB if no configuration is available
Reorder PKEX initiation function to send out the PKEX Exchange Request
frame at the end after all possible error cases have been checked. This
prevents Enrollee from seeing a PKEX frame when the session is about to
fail.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-08-27 00:50:05 +03:00
mukul sharma
aa75aa1dc0 Add QCA vendor interface to get SAR capabilities to userspace
Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_SAR_CAPABILITY to get various SAR
capabilities supported by the WLAN firmware to userspace. These
capabilites are usually reported by the firmware during the initial
bootup handshake with the driver. Based on these capabilities, user
space can choose proper SAR indexes.

Signed-off-by: Mukul Sharma <quic_mukul@quicinc.com>
2022-08-26 18:02:29 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
5de45546d5 Add support to send multi AKM connect request when driver's SME in use
Add support to configure SAE, PSK, and PSK-SHA256 AKMs in connect
request when driver's SME in use. This is needed for implementing
WPA3-Personal transition mode correctly with any driver that handles
roaming internally.

Send additional AKMs configured in network block to driver based on
the maximum number of AKMs allowed by driver in connect request. Keep
first AKM in the list AKMs in the connect request as AKM selected by
wpa_supplicant to maintain backwards compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-08-26 17:54:12 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
0ce1545dcb nl80211: Determine maximum number of supported AKMs
Use the recently added attribute to determine whether the kernel
supports a larger number of AKM suites in various commands.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-08-26 17:27:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e97c619a9 Sync with wireless-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2022-07-22. In addition, update
nl80211_command_to_string() to cover the new defined commands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-08-26 17:27:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
54706957e3 DPP: Fix DPP_RELAY_ADD_CONTROLLER command parsing
hostapd_dpp_add_controller() ended up trying to parse the IP address
without nul terminating it. This might work with some C libraries, but
not all. And anyway, this was already supposed to nul terminate the
string since a temporary copy is created of the constant string. Fix
this by adding the missed replacement of the space with nul.

Fixes: bfe3cfc382 ("DPP: Allow Relay connections to Controllers to be added and removed")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-08-26 17:27:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
44b26d82b0 nl80211: Silence a compiler warning on printf in 32-bit builds
u64 needs "long long unsigned int" on 32-bit, so print this using a
typecase value so that both 32 and 64-bit builds work fine.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-08-26 17:27:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
820211245b OpenSSL: Fix HPKE in some corner cases
EVP_PKEY_derive() might report a larger maximum size of the output than
HPKE_MAX_SHARED_SECRET_LEN under some conditions. That should be allowed
as long as the real final length is within the maximum limit.
Furthermore, since we are using a fixed length buffer for this, there is
no need to call EVP_PKEY_derive() twice to first learn the maximum
length. Use a bit longer buffer and allow OpenSSL to take care of the
update to the final length internally with than single call.

This showed up using the following test case sequence:
dbus_pkcs11 dpp_private_peer_introduction

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-08-24 23:32:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89de431f23 DPP: Add config response status value to DPP-CONF-SENT
This can be helpful for upper layers to be able to determine whether the
configuration was rejected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-29 18:55:37 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
80d5e264c5 Enhance QCA vendor roam event to indicate MLO links after reassociation
Enhance QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH event for the
driver to indicate the information of the associated links of MLO
roaming.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-07-28 20:37:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6622493065 Update copyright notices for the QCA vendor definitions
Catch up with the changes from the last year.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-28 20:13:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d08b238cb nl80211: Allow more time for the initial scan with 6 GHz
The initial timeout of 10 seconds for the first scan before knowing
whether the driver reports scan completion events may not be sufficient
in cases where the driver ends up scanning a large number of channels.
In particular, this could be hit with 6 GHz support. Increase this
timeout when the driver indicates support for 6 GHz channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-28 16:40:05 +03:00
David Benjamin
faf9c04cb5 Remove a host of unnecessary OPENSSL_IS_BORINGSSL ifdefs
The <openssl/buf.h> include is relevant in both OpenSSL and BoringSSL
because the file uses BUF_MEM (include what you use). OpenSSL just
happened to include it via another file. OpenSSL also spells it
<openssl/buffer.h>, not matching the type, so use the compatible
spelling.

Additionally all the CHECKED_CAST and manual STACK_OF(T) definitions
call into BoringSSL internals. The correct, public APIs are simply to
just use the same code as OpenSSL and call the DEFINE_STACK_OF macros.

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2022-07-28 12:57:40 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
b9cd5a82f4 Always process pending QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH data
Commit 74818ca63f ("Process
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH after NL80211_CMD_ROAM")
added workaround to hold the pending
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH event data for up to 100 ms
in case NL80211_CMD_ROAM is not received first. The 100 ms wait period
was sufficient for most of the cases but it's observed that some times
kernel is taking more than 100 ms to process and send NL80211_CMD_ROAM
to userspace.

If NL80211_CMD_ROAM takes more than 100 ms
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH event data getting ignored
though wpa_supplicant has it. To avoid this remove timeout for
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH event data since driver
always indicates NL80211_CMD_ROAM along with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH.

In addition, clear the pending event data when marking the interface
disconnected since the roaming information is supposed to be used only
when reassociating without a disconnection.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-07-28 12:49:45 +03:00
Xiaoning Ma
93be02592c Add fixed FDD mode to qca_btc_chain_mode QCA vendor attribute
Previously when chains of BT and WLAN 2.4 GHz are separated,
hybrid mode will be used for BTC. Now adding fixed FDD mode
to fulfill different BTC scenarios.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-28 12:24:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5565fbee23 DPP: Check Enrollee supported curves when building Config Response
The Enrollee may report its supported curves in the bootstrapping URI.
If it does that, the Configurator may stop generating the Config Object
that would depend on the Enrollee using a curve that it did not indicate
as being supported. Check for this case while proessing the Config
Request and stop Configurator from building a configuration that is
known not to work.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-28 11:19:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f70db167ab SAE: Derive a variable length PMK with the new AKM suites
Select the PMK length based on the used group (prime length) when using
the new AKM suites for SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:31:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91010e6f67 SAE: Indicate AKM suite selector in commit for new AKM suites
SAE authentication needs to known which AKM suite is being used to be
able to determine the correct PMK length for the new AKM suite selectors
that use variable length keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:31:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e81ec0962d SAE: Use H2E unconditionally with the new AKM suites
The new SAE AKM suites are defined to use H2E, so ignore the sae_pwe
value when these AKM suites are used similarly to the way H2E gets
enabled when SAE Password Identifiers are used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:31:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8eed2e8b8 SAE: Store PMK length and AKM in SAE data
These are needed to be able to support new AKM suites with variable
length PMK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:31:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9dc4e9d136 SAE: EAPOL-Key and key/MIC length information for the new AKM suites
Update the AKM suite specific mapping of various EAPOL-Key key lengths
and algorithms to include the new SAE AKM suites with variable length
keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:31:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a32ef3cfb2 SAE: Driver capability flags for the new SAE AKM suites
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91df8c9c65 SAE: Internal WPA_KEY_MGMT_* defines for extended key AKMs
Define new WPA_KEY_MGMT_* values for the new SAE AKM suite selectors
with variable length keys. This includes updates to various mapping and
checking of the SAE key_mgmt values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5c8a714b18 SAE: Use wpa_key_mgmt_sae() helper
Use the existing helper function instead of maintaining multiple copies
of lists of SAE key management suites.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5456b0f260 Define new RSN AKM suite selector values
Add the new AKM suite selectors defined in IEEE P802.11-REVme/D1.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d22dfe9187 DPP: Event message for indicating when Relay would need a Controller
The new DPP-RELAY-NEEDS-CONTROLLER control interface event can be used
to trigger mDNS discovery of a Controller to see if such a connection
can be established automatically at the time an Enrollee is trying to
initiate an operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfe3cfc382 DPP: Allow Relay connections to Controllers to be added and removed
The new control interface commands "DPP_RELAY_ADD_CONTROLLER <IP addr>
<PK hash>" and "DPP_RELAY_REMOVE_CONTROLLER <IP addr>" can now be used
to dynamically add and remove connections to Controllers for the cases
where the connection is initialized through a DPP Public Action frame
(i.e., Controller as the Responder).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
808834b18b Add a comparison function for hostapd_ip_addr
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f7763880bd DPP: Advertise Configurator connectivity on Relay automatically
Instead of requiring explicit configuration through
dpp_configurator_connectivity=1, advertise Configurator connectivity
automatically if a Relay is configured with a Controller that can
operate as a Responder.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-25 00:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca682f80a9 DPP: Dynamic Controller initiated connection on Relay
Accept an incoming TCP connection from a Controller in a Relay that is
configured with dpp_relay_port even if that Controller is not configured
with a dpp_controller parameter. This allows more dynamic Controller
initiated operations, e.g., when using mDNS to discover a Relay.

This type of a dynamic Controller entry will not be used for exchanges
that are initiated by an Enrollee (i.e., based on a DPP Public Action
frame received by the Relay).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-23 16:57:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2388bcca5 DPP: Strict validation of PKEX peer bootstrapping key during auth
Verify that the peer does not change its bootstrapping key between the
PKEX exchange and the authentication exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-22 21:08:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7b8cef8b7 DPP3: Fix push button boostrapping key passing through PKEX
When PKEX was started through the push button mechanism, the own
bootstrapping key was not bound correctly to the Authentication phase
information and that ended up in incorrectly generating a new
bootstrapping key for the Authentication exchange. Fix this by added the
needed own=<id> parameter into the cached parameters when using push
button.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-22 21:06:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
69d7c8e6bb DPP: Add peer=id entry for PKEX-over-TCP case
The peer=<id> information about the specific boostrapping key provided
through PKEX was added for Public Action frame cases, but the TCP
variant did not do same. Add the same information there to maintain
knowledge of the specific peer bootstrapping key from PKEX to
Authentication exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-22 21:04:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1ff9251a83 DPP3: Push button Configurator in wpa_supplicant
Extend DPP push button support in wpa_supplicant to allow the role of
the Configurator to be used. This provides similar functionality to the
way the DPP_PUSH_BUTTON command in hostapd worked when providing the
configuration parameters with that command (instead of building the
config object based on current AP configuration).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-22 12:28:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9137950fa DPP: Recognize own PKEX Exchange Request if it ends up being received
It is possible for a Controller to receive a copy of its own PKEX
Exchange Request in the case where the Controller is initiating a PKEX
exchange through a Relay. The Configurator role in the device would have
a matching PKEX code in that case and the device might reply as a PKEX
responder which would result in going through the exchange with the
Controller device itself. That is clearly not desired, so recognize this
special case by checking whether the Encrypted Key attribute value
matches a pending locally generated one when processing a received PKEX
Exchange Request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-21 20:30:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae4a3a6f67 DPP: Add DPP-CONF-REQ-RX event for Controller
This gets the Controller (DPP-over-TCP) sequence closer to the one used
with Public Action frames and makes it easier for upper layer components
to share the same design for tracking operation status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-21 13:15:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb2937b858 DPP: Allow Controller to initiate PKEX through Relay
Relay will need to allow the PKEX Exchange Response message to be
handled similarly to the Authentication Response message to allow this
sequence to be completed successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-19 23:28:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15af83cf18 DPP: Delete PKEX code and identifier on success completion of PKEX
We are not supposed to reuse these without being explicitly requested to
perform PKEX again. There is not a strong use case for being able to
provision an Enrollee multiple times with PKEX, so this should have no
issues on the Enrollee. For a Configurator, there might be some use
cases that would benefit from being able to use the same code with
multiple Enrollee devices, e.g., for guess access with a laptop and a
smart phone. That case will now require a new DPP_PKEX_ADD command on
the Configurator after each completion of the provisioning exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-19 23:28:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
148de3e0dc DPP3: Private Peer Introduction protocol
Add a privacy protecting variant of the peer introduction protocol to
allow the station device to hide its Connector from 3rd parties. The new
wpa_supplicant network profile parameter dpp_connector_privacy=1 can be
used to select this alternative mechanism to the peer introduction
protocol added in the initial release of DPP.

It should be noted that the new variant does not work with older DPP APs
(i.e., requires support for release 3). As such, this new variant is
disabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-19 00:14:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
786ea402bc HPKE base mode with single-shot API
Add support for HPKE base mode with single-shot API (see RFC 9180) using
OpenSSL. This is needed for DPP private introduction protocol.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-18 16:49:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f0273bc814 OpenSSL: Remove a forgotten debug print
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-17 12:07:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68209ddbe4 DPP: Allow 3rd party information to be added into config object
This allows the DPP Configuration Object from a Configurator to be
extended with 3rd party information. This information can be provided as
a part of the existing configuration specification mechanisms with the
new extra_name=<string> and extra_value=<hexdump encoded JSON>.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-16 17:22:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e2217c95b DPP: Allow 3rd party information to be added into config request obj
This allows the DPP Configuration Request Object from an Enrollee to be
extended with 3rd party information. The new dpp_extra_conf_req_name and
dpp_extra_conf_req_value configuration parameters specify the name of
the added JSON node and its contents. For example:
dpp_extra_conf_req_name=org.example
dpp_extra_conf_req_value={"a":1,"b":"test"}

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-16 17:22:23 +03:00
Harsh Kumar Bijlani
3d82fbe058 Add QCA vendor subcommand and attributes for SCS rule configuration
Add a new vendor subcommand QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SCS_RULE_CONFIG
for configuration event of Stream Classification Service (SCS) rule.

Also define the attributes present in this subcommand.

Signed-off-by: Harsh Kumar Bijlani <quic_hbijlani@quicinc.com>
2022-07-09 17:28:56 +03:00
Aditya Kodukula
16b62ddfaf QCA vendor attribute for DBAM configuration
Add a new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_DBAM to
configure Dedicated Bluetooth Antenna Mode (DBAM). It is used to
switch between dedicated antenna mode for BT and COEX shared
antenna mode for WLAN and BT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-09 17:18:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
451ede2c31 DPP: Allow AP/Relay to be configured to listed for new TCP connections
This extends Relay functionality to allow a Controller to intitiate a
new DPP exchange in addition to the previously supported case where the
exchange was initiated through a DPP Public Action frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-09 13:09:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7bbe859873 DPP3: Allow external configuration to be specified on AP for PB
While the most likely production use case for DPP push button is to
provision the AP's current configuration, there might be some use cases
for providing different configuration. Add possibility for doing this by
extending the DPP_PUSH_BUTTON command to accept an optional set of
parameters similarly to the other DPP commands for the Configurator.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-08 00:14:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8db786a43b DPP3: Testing functionality for push button announcements
Allow the Responder/Initiator hash values to be corrupted in Push Button
Presence Announcement messages for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-07 12:58:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37bccfcab8 DPP3: Push button bootstrap mechanism
Add support to use a push button -based bootstrap mechanism with DPP.
The new DPP_PUSH_BUTTON control interface command enables this mode on
the AP/hostapd and station/wpa_supplicant. This goes through the
following sequence of events: a suitable peer in active push button mode
is discovered with session overlap detection, PKEX is executed with
bootstrap key hash validation, DPP authentication and configuration
exchanges are performed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-07 00:31:30 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
a0054fe7ca Add AP and STA specific P802.11az security capabilities (vendor command)
Add feature capability indication for P802.11az security for the drivers
to advertise capabilities such as secure LTF support, secure RTT
measurement exchange support, and protection of range negotiation and
measurement management frames for station and AP interfaces
independently. This allows a more fine-tuned capability indication as an
alternative to the upstream nl80211 mechanism that is not specific to
the operating mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-07-07 00:31:24 +03:00
Yu Wang
159e636132 QCA vendor command for CoAP offload processing
Add vendor command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_COAP_OFFLOAD to
enable/disable offload processing in firmware for CoAP messages
(RFC7252: The Constrained Application Protocol) or fetch the
CoAP messages cached during offload processing.

Signed-off-by: Yu Wang <quic_yyuwang@quicinc.com>
2022-06-30 15:43:54 +03:00
Jingxiang Ge
3b7bb17f69 Add QCA vendor attribute for TIM beacon statistics
Add the following two vendor attributes to send TIM beacon
statistics to userspace which can be used for power saving:
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_TIM_BEACON
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_TIM_BEACON_ERR

Signed-off-by: Jingxiang Ge <quic_jge@quicinc.com>
2022-06-30 15:30:10 +03:00
Vinay Gannevaram
09a281e52a Add QCA vendor interface for PASN offload to userspace
Define QCA vendor interface for PASN offload to userspace from the driver.

The driver can send this command as an event to a userspace component to
perform PASN authentication with a list of peers with which the driver
needs to do ranging. The userspace component, if capable of performing
PASN handshake, can perform PASN handshake with all the peer devices and
set the relevant keys by sending the
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SECURE_RANGING_CONTEXT command for each peer
to the driver.

Once PASN handshake is completed with all requested peers, the userspace
component sends consolidated status for all the peers to the driver. The
consolidated report is required for the driver to understand that the
PASN handshake process is complete and whether it succeeded/failed for
each of the peers it was requested for. The secure ranging context is
configured only for the peers with which the PASN handshake succeeded.

When the driver requests PASN keys, the userspace component can set the
keys from its cache if those keys have not already expired and were
derived with the same source MAC address that is requested by the driver
instead of doing the full PASN handshake again.

If the driver detects that current keys of a peer are not valid anymore,
it sends a notification to userspace using the
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PASN command and setting the action to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_PASN_ACTION_DELETE_SECURE_RANGING_CONTEXT. The userspace
component should delete the corresponding keys from its cache.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-06-23 21:50:04 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
809fb96fa0 Add a vendor attribute to configure concurrency policy for AP interface
Add a new QCA vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONCURRENT_POLICY_AP_CONFIG to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CONCURRENT_POLICY sub command to set the
concurrency policy for AP interface.
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONCURRENT_POLICY_AP_CONFIG uses the values
defined in enum qca_wlan_concurrent_ap_policy_config to specify
concurrency policy.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <quic_pkushwah@quicinc.com>
2022-06-23 21:33:38 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
a5754f531e Rename QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CONCURRENT_MULTI_STA_POLICY
Rename QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CONCURRENT_MULTI_STA_POLICY to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CONCURRENT_POLICY to allow extension for other
interface type(s). A subsequent commit will extend the renamed
definitions in a manner that is inconsistent with the current naming.

This is a precursor for AP/P2P concurrency policy configuration support
via updated vendor command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CONCURRENT_POLICY.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <quic_pkushwah@quicinc.com>
2022-06-23 21:32:06 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
085a3fc76e EHT: Add 320 channel width support
Add initial changes to support 320 MHz channel width.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <quic_periyasa@quicinc.com>
2022-06-20 14:39:26 +03:00
Aleti Nageshwar Reddy
bafe35df03 Move CHANWIDTH_* definitions from ieee80211_defs.h to defs.h
Move most of CHANWIDTH_* definitions from ieee80211_defs.h to defs.h as
the definitions are getting used mostly for internal purpose only. Also
change prefix of the definitions to CONF_OPER_CHWIDTH_* and update in
all the files accordingly.

Leave the couple of VHT-specific exceptions to use the old defines (the
reason why they were originally added as VHT values), to avoid use of
clearly marked configuration values in information elements. In
addition, use the defines instead of magic values where appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Aleti Nageshwar Reddy <quic_anageshw@quicinc.com>
2022-06-20 14:39:18 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
3c2ba98add Add QCA vendor event to indicate driver recovery after internal failures
Add QCA vendor event to indicate user space that the driver recovery is
completed after the internal failure reported with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_HANG.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-06-16 20:15:39 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
8dd8267413 QCA vendor attribute to configure direct data path for audio traffic
Add a new QCA vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_AUDIO_DATA_PATH to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to configure audio data
path.

Possible audio data paths are defined in enum qca_wlan_audio_data_path.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <quic_pkushwah@quicinc.com>
2022-06-16 17:49:45 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
504be2f9de QCA vendor command support to get WLAN radio combinations
Vendor command to get the WLAN radio combinations matrix supported by
the device which provides the device simultaneous radio configurations
such as standalone, dual band simultaneous, and single band
simultaneous.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-06-16 17:47:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d5905dbc84 OCV: Check the Frequency Segment 1 Channel Number only on 80+80 MHz
The initial OCV implementation validating this field in the OCI element
for both the 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz cases. However, IEEE Std 802.11-2020,
12.2.9 ("Requirements for Operating Channel Validation") limitis that
verification step for the 80+80 MHz case: "Verifying that, if operating
an 80+80 MHz operating class, the frequency segment 1 channel number ...
is equal to the Frequency Segment 1 Channel Number field of the OCI."

Remove this check for the 160 MHz case since there has been incorrect
interpretation on how the Frequency Segment 1 Channel Number field of
the OCI element is set in this case (using VHT rules for CCFS2). The
modified validation step is meets the real need here, is compliant with
the standard, and avoids potential interoperability issues when using
contiguous 160 MHz channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-06-14 17:19:27 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
4383528e01 P2P: Use weighted preferred channel list for channel selection
Previously, the driver could optionally (using QCA vendor command)
provide a preferred channel list to wpa_supplicant for channel selection
during the GO negotiation. Channel selection process can be more
efficient with the information of weights and flags of the preferred
channel list that can be provided by the driver. Use a weighted
preferred channel list provided by the driver for channel selection
during GO negotiation if such a list is available.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <quic_ssramya@quicinc.com>
2022-06-02 17:09:10 +03:00
Jianmin Zhu
f2c5c8d38f QCA vendor attribute to configure RX link speed threshold for roaming
Add QCA_ATTR_ROAM_CONTROL_RX_LINKSPEED_THRESHOLD value as the RX link
speed threshold to disable roaming. If the current link speed is above
the threshold, there is no need to roam.

Signed-off-by: Jianmin Zhu <quic_jianminz@quicinc.com>
2022-06-02 16:10:28 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
94bc94b206 Add QCA vendor attribute for DO_ACS to allow using existing scan entries
Add a new QCA vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_LAST_SCAN_AGEOUT_TIME to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_DO_ACS and opportunistically optimize time
taken for ACS scan. Avoid scanning the channels which were scanned
within last QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_LAST_SCAN_AGEOUT_TIME milliseconds
and use scan results from the scan results cache for ACS scoring. For
other channels, perform ACS scan and use the received scan results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-31 12:44:38 +03:00
Qiwei Cai
b9e2826b9d P2P: Filter 6 GHz channels if peer doesn't support them
When 6 GHz channels are included in channel list of P2P Action frames
but some peer devices don't support the 6 GHz feature and cannot parse
P2P IE data correctly, P2P handshake will fail.

Remove 6 GHz channels from the P2P Action frames if the peer doesn't
support 6 GHz feature to avoid such failures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-31 12:41:48 +03:00
Vikram Kandukuri
d5a9944b84 Reserve QCA vendor sub command id 206..212
This is reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-31 12:09:52 +03:00
Jeff Johnson (QUIC)
ed63c286fc Remove space before tab in QCA vendor commands
A few of the comments in the QCA vendor commands have a space
character before a tab. That is pointless, and some code style
checkers may complain about it, so remove the spaces.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com>
2022-05-31 12:00:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4015440af ProxyARP: Clear bridge parameters on deinit only if hostapd set them
Skip the x_snoop_deinit() operations if hostapd did not actually
configure the parameters in the first place. While clearing these
specific parameters is unlikely to change how they were set outside the
scope of hostapd, it is better to leave them as-is to avoid surprises if
hostapd was not configured to use ProxyARP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-31 11:53:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cd92f7f98a FIPS PRF: Avoid duplicate SHA1Init() functionality
The initialization values used for the FIPS 186-2 PRF are identical to
the ones used in SHA1Init(), so use that internal function instead of
maintaining a duplicate set of values here. fips186_2_prf() was already
using an internal SHA1Transform() function so using another internal
function does not make this any worse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-27 00:32:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5c87fcc154 OpenSSL: Use internal FIPS 186-2 PRF with OpenSSL 3.0
OpenSSL 3.0 has deprecated the low-level SHA1 functions and does not
include an upper layer interface that could be used to use the
SHA1_Transform() function. Use the internal SHA-1 implementation instead
as a workaround.

While this type of duplicate implementation of SHA-1 is not really
ideal, this PRF is needed only for EAP-SIM/AKA and there does not seem
to be sufficient justification to try to get this working more cleanly
with OpenSSL 3.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-27 00:32:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c41004d861 OpenSSL: Convert more crypto_ec_key routines to new EVP API
This avoids some more uses of the deprecated EC_KEY API when using
OpenSSL 3.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-26 20:51:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
667a2959c2 OpenSSL: crypto_ec_key_get_public_key() using new EVP_PKEY API
Implement crypto_ec_key_get_public_key() without the deprecated EC_KEY
API when using OpenSSL 3.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-26 20:51:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b97395b3e OpenSSL: crypto_ec_key_get_private_key() using new EVP_PKEY API
Implement crypto_ec_key_get_private_key() without the deprecated EC_KEY
API when using OpenSSL 3.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-26 20:51:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
177ebfe109 crypto: Convert crypto_ec_key_get_public_key() to return new ec_point
This makes it easier for the crypto library/wrapper to avoid direct
references to internal EC key parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-26 20:51:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26780d92f3 crypto: Convert crypto_ec_key_get_private_key() to return new bignum
This makes it easier for the crypto library/wrapper to avoid direct
references to internal EC key parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-26 20:51:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c9c2c2d9c7 OpenSSL: Fix a memory leak on crypto_hash_init() error path
The EVP_MAC context data needs to be freed on error paths.

Fixes: e31500adea ("OpenSSL: Implement HMAC using the EVP_MAC API")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-26 20:51:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d19dccf94 OpenSSL: Free OSSL_DECODER_CTX in tls_global_dh()
The conversion to the new OpenSSL 3.0 API had forgotten to free the
context structure.

Fixes: bcd299b326 ("OpenSSL: Convert DH/DSA parameter loading to new API")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-26 20:51:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f4479ef9e OpenSSL: crypto_ec_key_parse_{priv,pub}() without EC_KEY API
Avoid using the deprecated EC_KEY API when building these functions with
OpenSSL 3.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-26 20:51:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5636991749 EAP-SIM/AKA peer: IMSI privacy attribute
Extend IMSI privacy functionality to allow an attribute (in name=value
format) to be added using the new imsi_privacy_attr parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-25 20:18:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99165cc4b0 Rename wpa_supplicant imsi_privacy_key configuration parameter
Use imsi_privacy_cert as the name of the configuration parameter for the
X.509v3 certificate that contains the RSA public key needed for IMSI
privacy. The only allowed format for this information is a PEM-encoded
X.509 certificate, so the previous name was somewhat confusing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-24 00:44:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35eda6e700 EAP-SIM peer: Free imsi_privacy_key on an error path
This is an allocated resource so it needs to be free on the error path.

Fixes: 42871a5d25 ("EAP-SIM/AKA peer: IMSI privacy")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-24 00:34:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d1652dc7cc OpenSSL: Refuse to accept expired RSA certificate
This is needed for IMSI privacy to avoid trying to use an expired public
key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-24 00:32:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
866e7b7458 OpenSSL: Include rsa.h for OpenSSL 3.0
This is needed to get RSA_PKCS1_OAEP_PADDING.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-22 23:13:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc99366f9b OpenSSL: Drop security level to 0 with OpenSSL 3.0 when using TLS 1.0/1.1
Commit 9afb68b039 ("OpenSSL: Allow systemwide secpolicy overrides for
TLS version") with commit 58bbcfa31b ("OpenSSL: Update security level
drop for TLS 1.0/1.1 with OpenSSL 3.0") allow this workaround to be
enabled with an explicit network configuration parameter. However, the
default settings are still allowing TLS 1.0 and 1.1 to be negotiated
just to see them fail immediately when using OpenSSL 3.0. This is not
exactly helpful especially when the OpenSSL error message for this
particular case is "internal error" which does not really say anything
about the reason for the error.

It is is a bit inconvenient to update the security policy for this
particular issue based on the negotiated TLS version since that happens
in the middle of processing for the first message from the server.
However, this can be done by using the debug callback for printing out
the received TLS messages during processing.

Drop the OpenSSL security level to 0 if that is the only option to
continue the TLS negotiation, i.e., when TLS 1.0/1.1 are still allowed
in wpa_supplicant default configuration and OpenSSL 3.0 with the
constraint on MD5-SHA1 use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-22 17:01:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed325ff0f9 DPP: Allow TCP destination (address/port) to be used from peer URI
tcp_addr=from-uri can now be used as a special case for initiating
DPP-over-TCP to the destination indicated in the peer bootstrapping URI.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-19 22:53:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37bb4178b5 DPP: Host information in bootstrapping URI
Parse the host information, if present, in bootstrapping URI and allow
such information to be added when generating the URI.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-19 17:55:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1142b6e415 EHT: Do not check HE PHY capability info reserved fields
Only use the bandwidth bits that are applicable for the current
operating band. This avoids use of reserved bits when determining the
length of the Support EHT-MCS And NSS Set field length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-16 19:39:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc36991791 Use Secure=1 in PTK rekeying EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 and 2/4
IEEE Std 802.11-2020 is ambiguous on how the Secure bit is set in
EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 and 2/4 in the case where 4-way handshake is use to
rekey the PTK. 12.7.2 describes this with "set to 1 once the initial key
exchange is complete" while 12.7.6 shows EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 and 2/4 using
Secure=0 without any consideration on whether the handshake is for
rekeying.

TGme seems to be moving towards clarifying this to use Secure=1 based on
there being a shared PTKSA between the Authenticator and the Supplicant.
In other words, this would use Secure=1 in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 and 2/4 in
the case of rekeying. Change implementation to match that. This bit was
already practically ignored on the reception side, so this should not
have impact on actual functionality beyond this one bit changing its
value in the frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-16 17:47:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc9648a6a1 DPP: Debug print if not relay is available for PKEX exchange
This makes it easier to see what happened with the received PKEX frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 17:25:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1739d50c20 FST: More robust bounds checking of local data in fst_dump_mb_ies()
Check the full MBIE length against the buffer length explicitly before
the debug print. This is for locally generated data, so the bounds
checking is not critical here, but it is better to use proper checking
anyway to avoid static analyzer complaints.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 17:18:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
77bb12a604 P2P: Maintain ip_pool bitfield index separately
Avoid the somewhat confusing mechanism of determining the bitfield index
from the assigned IP address to make this easier for static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 16:59:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2982e50c15 EAP-SAKA: Simplify attribute parser for static analyzers
Make bounds checking in eap_sake_parse_attributes() easier to analyze.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 16:53:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e8518749f GAS: Limit maximum comeback delay value
Limit the GAS comeback delay to 60000 TUs, i.e., about 60 seconds. This
is mostly to silence static analyzers that complain about unbounded
value from external sources even though this is clearly bounded by being
a 16-bit value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 16:41:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8615990e2 Simplify wpa_parse_kde_ies()
Use a local variable to store the full IE length instead of calculating
it multiple times.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 16:36:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61d37f44b7 Simplify wpa_parse_generic()
Use local variables and common checking of the selector (or vendor
specific IE header) to make the bounds checking easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 16:36:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
469528a6e5 BSS coloring: Fix bitmap check
BIT(r) is not sufficient here since it does not cover 64 bit values.
Write this out with 1ULL to be large enough for the shift operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 16:36:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8392c86df0 Check he_cap pointer in hostapd_set_freq_params() consistently
The EHT changes made this checking inconsistent. If he_cap can be NULL
in case of EHT being enabled, better make sure it does not get
dereferenced without an explicit check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 00:39:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2227c85a94 DPP: Verify that crypto_ec_point_to_bin() succeeds
This is testing code, but it's better to check the return value
explicitly even if this were not really able to fail in practice.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 00:31:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8c3199527 nl80211: Verify that nla_put_flag() succeeds for background radar
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 00:29:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
993eb12407 FST: Make sure get_hw_modes() callback is set for hostapd
It looks like fst_wpa_obj::get_hw_modes would have been left
uninitialized in hostapd. It is not obviously clear why this would not
have caused issues earlier, but in any case, better make this set
properly to allow unexpected behavior should that function pointer ever
be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-08 00:27:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4537fe124a P2P: Explicit nul termination of the generated passphrase
Nul terminate the struct p2p_go_neg_results::passphrase explicitly to
keep static analyzers happier. This was already nul terminated in
practice due to the full array being cleared to zero on initialization,
but that was apparently not clear enough for some analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-07 23:59:23 +03:00
Tova Mussai
3b8d9da9b5 nl80211: Set NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ in scan
Set NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ in the scan parameters to enable
scanning for co-located APs discovered based on neighbor reports from
the 2.4/5 GHz bands when not scanning passively. Do so only when
collocated scanning is not disabled by higher layer logic.

Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2022-05-07 21:37:08 +03:00
MeiChia Chiu
96a7f38329 hostapd: Add the destination address of unsolicited Probe Response frame
Without this, hostapd generates Probe Response frames with the null
destination address when hostapd enables unsolicited Probe Response
frame transmission. Fix this to use the broadcast address instead.

Fixes: 024b4b2a29 ("AP: Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response configuration")
Signed-off-by: MeiChia Chiu <meichia.chiu@mediatek.com>
2022-05-07 21:37:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8690374439 Discard unencrypted EAPOL/EAP when TK is set and PMF is enabled (AP)
RSN design is supposed to encrypt all Data frames, including EAPOL
frames, once the TK has been configured. However, there are deployed
implementations that do not really follow this design and there are
various examples from the older uses of EAPOL frame where those frames
were not encrypted. As such, strict filtering of unencrypted EAPOL
frames might results in undesired interoperation issues.

However, some of the most important cases of missing EAPOL frame
encryption should be possible to handle without causing too significant
issues. These are for cases where an attacker could potentially cause an
existing association to be dropped when PMF is used. EAPOL-Start and
EAPOL-Logoff are potential candidate for such attacks since those frames
could be used to terminate an authentication or initiate a new EAP
authentication. Such an attack could result in the station ending up
disconnecting or at minimum, getting into somewhat mismatching state
with the AP.

Drop EAPOL-Start/Logoff/EAP frames on the AP/Authenticator when it is
known that it was not encrypted but should have been and when PMF is
enabled. While it would be correct to drop this even without PMF, that
does not provide any significant benefit since it is trivial to force
disconnection in no-PMF cases. It should also be noted that not all
drivers provide information about the encryption status of the EAPOL
frames and this change has no impact with drivers that do not indicate
whether the frame was encrypted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-07 21:37:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c2fbe9f56 Discard unencrypted EAPOL-EAP when TK is set and PMF is enabled
RSN design is supposed to encrypt all Data frames, including EAPOL
frames, once the TK has been configured. However, there are deployed
implementations that do not really follow this design and there are
various examples from the older uses of EAPOL frame where those frames
were not encrypted. As such, strict filtering of unencrypted EAPOL
frames might results in undesired interoperation issues.

However, some of the most important cases of missing EAPOL frame
encryption should be possible to handle without causing too significant
issues. These are for cases where an attacker could potentially cause an
existing association to be dropped when PMF is used. EAP-Request is one
potential candidate for such attacks since that frame could be used to
initiate a new EAP authentication and the AP/Authenticator might not
allow that to complete or a large number of EAP-Request frames could be
injected to exceed the maximum number of EAP frames. Such an attack
could result in the station ending up disconnecting or at minimum,
getting into somewhat mismatching state with the AP.

Drop EAPOL-EAP frames when it is known that it was not encrypted but
should have been and when PMF is enabled. While it would be correct to
drop this even without PMF, that does not provide any significant
benefit since it is trivial to force disconnection in no-PMF cases. It
should also be noted that not all drivers provide information about the
encryption status of the EAPOL frames and this change has no impact with
drivers that do not indicate whether the frame was encrypted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-07 21:37:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
872a57500c Discard unencrypted EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 when TK is set and PMF is enabled
RSN design is supposed to encrypt all Data frames, including EAPOL
frames, once the TK has been configured. However, there are deployed
implementations that do not really follow this design and there are
various examples from the older uses of EAPOL frame where those frames
were not encrypted. As such, strict filtering of unencrypted EAPOL
frames might results in undesired interoperation issues.

However, some of the most important cases of missing EAPOL frame
encryption should be possible to handle without causing too significant
issues. These are for cases where an attacker could potentially cause an
existing association to be dropped when PMF is used. EAPOL-Key msg 1/4
is one potential candidate for such attacks since that frame could be
used to initiate a 4-way handshake that the real AP might never complete
and the station might end up disconnecting because of that or at
minimum, getting into somewhat mismatching state with the AP.

Drop EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 when it is known that it was not encrypted but
should have been and when PMF is enabled. While it would be correct to
drop this even without PMF, that does not provide any significant
benefit since it is trivial to force disconnection in no-PMF cases. It
should also be noted that not all drivers provide information about the
encryption status of the EAPOL frames and this change has no impact with
drivers that do not indicate whether the frame was encrypted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-07 21:37:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6c0e12158 Do not prevent Michael MIC error report based on disallowed PTK0 rekey
EAPOL-Key Request frame with Error=1 is not really a request for a new
key, so allow that frame to be sent even if PTK0 rekey is not allowed
since the supplicant is required to report Michael MIC errors to the
authenticator.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-07 21:37:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
18c0ac8901 Provide information about the encryption status of received EAPOL frames
This information was already available from the nl80211 control port RX
path, but it was not provided to upper layers within wpa_supplicant and
hostapd. It can be helpful, so parse the information from the driver
event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-07 21:37:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7ee814201b FILS: Set pairwise_set when configuring TK after association
sm->pairwise_set needs to be set whenever the TK has been configured to
the driver to request following EAPOL frames to be encrypted (or more
specifically, not to request them to not be encrypted). The FILS case
missed this setting and that could result in rekeying or
reauthentication in an associated started with FILS not working
correctly.

Fixes: da24c5aa1c ("FILS: Set TK after association (AP)")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-07 20:36:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
98278c0de0 Fix no_encrypt flag in control port TX for rekeying
The wpa_supplicant check for whether a TK is configured into the driver
was broken during the time this information is needed for rekeying or
reauthenticating with another 4-way handshake. sm->ptk.installed is not
set at the point the EAPOL-Key msg 4/4 is sent and while that means the
initial 4-way handshake needs to prevent encryption, the consecutive
4-way handshake must not be doing that since the old key (TK) is still
in the driver. Fix this so that the EAPOL-Key msg 4/4 during rekeying
does not get transmitted without encryption.

Fixes: a79ed06871 ("Add no_encrypt flag for control port TX")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-05-07 18:54:09 +03:00
Domien Schepers
b1172c19e1 WPA: Discard EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 with corrupted information elements
Currently a corrupted handshake message 1/4 causes the client to
disconnect from the network. This can lead to a denial-of-service
vulnerability allowing an adversary to forcibly disconnect a client from
protected networks even when Wi-Fi Management Frame Protection (MFP) is
enforced if the driver allows unencrypted EAPOL-Key frames to be
received after key configuration..

Fix this by discarding the corrupted handshake message 1/4.

This issue was discovered by Domien Schepers (Northeastern University)
and Mathy Vanhoef (imec-DistriNet, KU Leuven).

Signed-off-by: Domien Schepers <schepers.d@northeastern.edu>
2022-05-07 18:54:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a7a4ea578 Check need for SA Query/assoc comeback before updating RSNE parameters
wpa_validate_wpa_ie() might update sm->* values, so it should not be
allowed for an existing STA entry if that STA has negotiated MFP to be
used for the association. Fix this by first checking whether an SA Query
procedure needs to be initiated. In particular, this prevents a
potential bypass of the disconnection protection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-07 18:52:13 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
27e828d728 ACS: Send EHT enabled info to driver
The driver can consider EHT specific parameters such as the puncture
pattern for ACS when this flag attribute is indicated by userspace.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 13:25:44 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
82066bd367 nl80211: Don't force VHT channel definition with EHT
Add a check to avoid sending VHT channel definition when EHT is enabled
in the 2.4 GHz band since the 2.4 GHz band isn't supposed to use VHT
operations. Also add EHT enabled info into debug prints.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 13:23:51 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
43fe1ce35d EHT: Add [EHT] flag into AP mode STA command
This indicates whether an associated stations supports EHT.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 13:21:35 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
4994c41f22 EHT: Indicate ieee80211be configuration in hostapd STATUS output
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 13:20:15 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
50d8837106 EHT: Fix invalid length checking for EHT Capability element
Do not consider optional octets maximum lengths when validating EHT
fixed fields length. Furthermore, do not use the first two octets of the
PPE Thresholds field without explicitly confirming that these octets
were included in the element and fix PPE Thresholds field length
calculation.

Fixes: a6d1b4c46c ("EHT: Process (Re)Association Request frame capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 13:19:56 +03:00
Sunil Ravi
2c78f11a9f Fix compilation due to forward declaration of macaddr_acl
enum macaddr_acl is forward declared in wpa_supplicant/ap.h.
c++ compiler doesn't allow forward declaration. So to fix the
compilation error, moved the enum macaddr_acl declaration out
of struct hostapd_bss_config.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Ravi <sunilravi@google.com>
2022-05-05 13:04:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c8e822801d OpenSSL: Fix build with old library versions that do not support TLS 1.3
The OCSP check here is specific to TLS 1.3 and the TLS1_3_VERSION value
is not available in older library versions. Comment this check out from
such cases since it is not applicable with such an old library.

Fixes: 10746875e2 ("OpenSSL: Allow no OCSP response when resuming a session with TLS 1.3")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 13:04:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c24e18e5c5 LibreSSL: Fix compilation issue with TLS 1.3 session ticket limit
LibreSSL does not seem have SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(), so comment out
these not really critical calls when building with that library.

Fixes: 81e2498889 ("OpenSSL: Limit the number of TLS 1.3 session tickets to one")
Fixes: decac7cd1e ("OpenSSL: Do not send out a TLS 1.3 session ticket if caching disabled")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 13:03:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eb5e639856 LibreSSL: Fix compilation issue with RSA-OAEP
EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_oaep_md() does not seem to be available in
LibreSSL, so for now, comment out this functionality whenever building
with that library.

Fixes: 36b11bbcff ("OpenSSL: RSA-OAEP-SHA-256 encryption/decryption")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 13:02:12 +03:00
Sunil Ravi
5d56cf1c71 BoringSSL: Fix compilation error due to TLS 1.3 session tickets
SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets() is not available in boringSSL.
So protect the call to SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets() under
!defined(OPENSSL_IS_BORINGSSL) to fix the compilation error.

Fixes: decac7cd1e ("OpenSSL: Do not send out a TLS 1.3 session ticket if caching disabled")
Fixes: 81e2498889 ("OpenSSL: Limit the number of TLS 1.3 session tickets to one")
Signed-off-by: Sunil Ravi <sunilravi@google.com>
2022-05-05 13:01:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a561d12d24 EAP peer status notification for server not supporting RFC 5746
Add a notification message to indicate reason for TLS handshake failure
due to the server not supporting safe renegotiation (RFC 5746).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 00:21:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
566ce69a8d EAP peer: Workaround for servers that do not support safe TLS renegotiation
The TLS protocol design for renegotiation was identified to have a
significant security flaw in 2009 and an extension to secure this design
was published in 2010 (RFC 5746). However, some old RADIUS
authentication servers without support for this are still used commonly.

This is obviously not good from the security view point, but since there
are cases where the user of a network service has no realistic means for
getting the authentication server upgraded, TLS handshake may still need
to be allowed to be able to use the network.

OpenSSL 3.0 disabled the client side workaround by default and this
resulted in issues connection to some networks with insecure
authentication servers. With OpenSSL 3.0, the client is now enforcing
security by refusing to authenticate with such servers. The pre-3.0
behavior of ignoring this issue and leaving security to the server can
now be enabled with a new phase1 parameter allow_unsafe_renegotiation=1.
This should be used only when having to connect to a network that has an
insecure authentication server that cannot be upgraded.

The old (pre-2010) TLS renegotiation mechanism might open security
vulnerabilities if the authentication server were to allow TLS
renegotiation to be initiated. While this is unlikely to cause real
issues with EAP-TLS, there might be cases where use of PEAP or TTLS with
an authentication server that does not support RFC 5746 might result in
a security vulnerability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-05 00:20:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ccb3206b61 Fix tls_connection_set_success_data() in TLS library wrappers
Some of the TLS library wrappers defined only an empty function for
tls_connection_set_success_data(). That could result in memory leaks in
TLS server cases, so update these to do the minimal thing and free the
provided buffer as unused.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-04 00:05:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
decac7cd1e OpenSSL: Do not send out a TLS 1.3 session ticket if caching disabled
Do not provide TLS 1.3 session tickets if session caching is disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-02 18:07:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05406f7ae8 EAP-PEAP server: Fix TLS 1.3 move to Phase 2 without a new session ticket
When a new session ticket is not issued to the peer, Phase 2 identity
request need to be sent out as a response to the Finished message from
the peer. Fix this to allow the TLS server to be configured to not send
out a new session ticket when using TLS 1.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-02 18:07:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
10746875e2 OpenSSL: Allow no OCSP response when resuming a session with TLS 1.3
TLS 1.3 sends the OCSP response with the server Certificate message.
Since that Certificate message is not sent when resuming a session,
there can be no new OCSP response. Allow this since the OCSP response
was validated when checking the initial certificate exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-02 18:07:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2be1bcaf74 EAP-TLS peer: Fix protected success indication check for resumed session
The internal flag prot_success_received was not cleared between the
sessions and that resulted in the resumed session not mandating the
protected success indication to be received. Fix this by clearing the
internal flag so that the EAP-TLS handshake using session resumption
with TLS 1.3 takes care of the required check before marking the
authentication successfully completed. This will make the EAP-TLS peer
reject an EAP-Success message should it be received without the
protected success indication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-02 17:16:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c66276d9a EAP-TLS server: Send final TLS message for resumed session with TLS 1.3
The final message with NewSessionTicket and ApplicationData(0x00) was
already generated, but that was not sent out due the session considered
to be already completed. Fix this by actually sending out that message
to allow the peer to receive the new session ticket and protected
success indication when using resuming a session with TLS 1.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-02 17:16:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
81e2498889 OpenSSL: Limit the number of TLS 1.3 session tickets to one
One session ticket is sufficient for EAP-TLS, so do not bother
generating more than a single session ticket.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-02 17:16:39 +03:00
Alexander Clouter
a8d058c939 OpenSSL: SSLKEYLOGFILE capability to allow Wireshark TLS decoding
A port of the trivial patch I wrote for FreeRADIUS to allow TLS decoding
in Wireshark for hostapd/wpa_supplicant:

df0eb0a884

Signed-off-by: Alexander Clouter <alex@coremem.com>
2022-05-01 18:23:59 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
23f389068e wolfSSL: Fix OCSP stapling
Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 17:27:04 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
a2971f8d8e wolfSSL: Allow TLS version 1.3 to be disabled
Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 17:26:59 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
a40e48fbe1 wolfSSL: Fix TLS 1.3 session handling
Uses the changes to wolfSSL found in
https://github.com/wolfSSL/wolfssl/pull/5078

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 17:26:52 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
0c3f68f2a0 wolfSSL: Check for the too-short-password error in pbkdf2_sha1()
This may fail with FIPS builds because the FIPS requirement is that the
password must be at least 14 characters.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 17:13:34 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
ca26224815 Check the return of pbkdf2_sha1() for errors
pbkdf2_sha1() may return errors and this should be checked in calls.
This is especially an issue with FIPS builds because the FIPS
requirement is that the password must be at least 14 characters.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 17:13:31 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
013cd694d9 wolfSSL: Fixes for FIPS builds
Some API is not available when using FIPS. We need to allocate memory
and initialize the structs directly.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 17:04:16 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
9d5f8168fc wolfSSL: Register a FIPS callback
Register a callback with wolfCrypt_SetCb_fips to inform the user of
errors in the wolfCrypt FIPS module.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 17:03:50 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
8f36e6c0f4 wolfSSL: Implement crypto_ec_key wrappers
These are needed to support SAEK-PK with the wolfSSL backend.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 17:01:34 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
1f7e10177a wolfSSL: Add missing free calls for wolfSSL structs
In some configurations the wc_Init*() functions may either allocate
memory or other system resources. These resources need to be freed.

Co-authored-by: JacobBarthelmeh <jacob@wolfssl.com>
Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 16:35:36 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
ec1cd91e72 wolfSSL: Support both DER and PEM blobs
Add support for loading private keys and certificates in both PEM and
DER formats with wolfSSL.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-05-01 16:34:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42871a5d25 EAP-SIM/AKA peer: IMSI privacy
Add support for IMSI privacy in the EAP-SIM/AKA peer implementation. If
the new wpa_supplicant network configuration parameter imsi_privacy_key
is used to specify an RSA public key in a form of a PEM encoded X.509v3
certificate, that key will be used to encrypt the permanent identity
(IMSI) in the transmitted EAP messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-01 16:25:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21098e39fe EAP-SIM/AKA server: IMSI privacy
Add support for IMSI privacy in the EAP-SIM/AKA server implementation.
If the new hostapd configuration parameter imsi_privacy_key is used to
specify an RSA private key, that key will be used to decrypt encrypted
permanent identity.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-01 16:25:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
36b11bbcff OpenSSL: RSA-OAEP-SHA-256 encryption/decryption
Add new crypto wrappers for performing RSA-OAEP-SHA-256 encryption and
decryption. These are needed for IMSI privacy.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-05-01 16:25:06 +03:00
Muna Sinada
c3d389b72f EHT: Channel switch command support
Add option to hostapd control interface CHAN_SWITCH command to allow
switch in EHT mode.

Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:44:18 +03:00
Muna Sinada
dae7940a48 EHT: Additions to hostapd_set_freq_params()
Modify hostapd_set_freq_params() to include EHT parameters and update
the calling functions to match.

Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:40:13 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
e646b11fea EHT: Indicate EHT support in Neighbor Report element
Set bit 21 in the neighbor report for an EHT AP as described in IEEE
P802.11be/D1.5, 9.4.2.36. Also move the check for HE outside the check
for HT as neither HT nor VHT are enabled in the 6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:30:26 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
f915d52dee EHT: Provide EHT capabilities in STA addition path
Add support for EHT capabilities in the addition of a new station entry
to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:28:40 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
a6d1b4c46c EHT: Process (Re)Association Request frame capabilities
Parse EHT capabilities sent by a non-AP STA in (Re)Association Request
frames. Validate the length of the element, matching MCS rates between
AP TX and STA RX. Store the capabilities in the station info structure.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:28:40 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
340c0e2122 EHT: Parse elements received in Management frames
Parse and store pointers to EHT Capabilities and Operation elements
received in Management frames.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:28:40 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
d54e3d0495 EHT: Add operation element in AP mode Management frames
Add EHT Operation element in Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association
Response frames using the format described in IEEE P802.11be/D1.5,
9.4.2.311.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:28:40 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
9b7202d665 EHT: Add capabilities element in AP mode Management frames
Add EHT Capabilities element in Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:28:40 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
a7ea721889 EHT: Add configuration options for beamforming capabilities
Add configuration options to set EHT SU/MU beamforming capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:28:39 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
8db3881c76 EHT: Add operating channel width configuration
Add new configuration options to configure EHT operating channel
width and center frequency.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:28:39 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
8dcc2139ff EHT: AP mode configuration options to enable/disable the support
Add compilation support for IEEE 802.11be along with options to enable
EHT support per radio and disable per interface.

Enabling HE is mandatory to enable EHT mode.

Tested-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:28:39 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
9f7da264bd nl80211: Pass station's EHT capabilities to the driver in sta_add()
Pass non-AP STA's EHT capabilities to the driver using the
NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY attribute.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 17:27:52 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
0c8a9aa5d2 nl80211: Parse EHT capabilities from the driver
Add nl80211 support to parse the EHT capabilities passed by the kernel
using new attributes added in NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 15:31:07 +03:00
Aloka Dixit
c08b735fdb EHT: Define EHT elements
Define the following fields described in IEEE P802.11be/D1.5:
- 9.4.2.311 EHT Operation element
- 9.4.2.313 EHT Capabilities element

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 15:13:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86310c2202 Set hostapd hw_mode automatically based on 6 GHz op_class
Allow hostapd configuration to specify use of the 6 GHz band with the
specific op_class values without having to set the hw_mode=a parameter
explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-29 11:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
664fd83d59 nl80211: Increase the buffer length for debug printing channels
The previously used buffer was not large enough to be able to print out
all 6 GHz channels, so use a larger buffer to avoid leaving out
supported channels from the debug print.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-28 21:15:41 +03:00
Gururaj Pandurangi
563162a5f5 QCA vendor attribute to allow eMLSR HW mode
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_WIFI_TEST_CONFIG_11BE_EMLSR_MODE value to allow
or disallow eMLSR hardware mode for IEEE 802.11be MLO capable devices.
If this attribute is set to 1, and if the firmware supports this
capability too, the STA advertises this capability to the AP over
Association Request frame. This attribute will not have any effect on
legacy devices with no IEEE 802.11be support.

Signed-off-by: Gururaj Pandurangi <quic_panduran@quicinc.com>
2022-04-28 21:09:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1e34bc49cd OpenSSL: Track SSL_SESSION ex data separately
It looks like the OpenSSL callbacks for SSL_SESSION can end up calling
the remove callback for multiple SSL_SESSION entries that share the same
ex data. This could result in double freeing the session data on the
server side.

Track the SSL_SESSION ex data in a separate list and free the
allocations only if they are pointing to a valid allocated wpabuf
pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-27 20:43:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
284e3ad196 Determine whether Beacon frame information is newer in scan results
It can be helpful to know whether the information elements from the
Beacon frame or the Probe Response frame are newer when using BSS table
entries, so make this information known, if available. This allows the
Beacon frame elements to be preferred over the Probe Response frame
elements when desired.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-24 12:08:28 +03:00
Ben Greear
f1686d7761 hostapd: Allow enabling background radar
This feature does not work on all radios that advertise this feature
with the current driver implementation, and possibly some users don't
want to use it even if it works fine, so disable it by default for now,
but let users enable it as desired with enable_background_radar=1.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2022-04-23 23:38:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
08d7738bb2 wolfSSL: Speed up crypto_ec_point_compute_y_sqr()
Optimize the calculation by computing (x^2 + a) first to get rid of one
separate multiplication by x.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-23 16:12:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f50d5c9a83 wolfSSL: Fix crypto_ec_point_compute_y_sqr() error case processing
The result (y2) was cleared and freed in error cases, but the pointer
itself was not cleared to NULL, so the error path would have returned a
pointer to freed memory. Fix this by properly clearing the return value
in error cases. In addition, simplify the function to avoid tracking
success case separately.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-23 16:04:49 +03:00
赵军涛
7302aa7614 wolfSSL: Fix the memory leak of crypto_ec_point_compute_y_sqr()
Local variable "t" needs to be cleared whether "calced" is 0 or 1.

Signed-off-by: 赵军涛 <d2014zjt@163.com>
2022-04-23 15:55:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7dd0fff1d wolfSSL: Use wc_HmacInit() to avoid potential use of uninitialized values
wc_HmacSetKey() seems to initialize everything that is needed for the
actual operation, but at least valgrind is reporting use of
uninitialized values when this was done on a data structure that was not
explicitly cleared.

Call wc_HmacInit() before wc_HmacSetKey() to avoid any unexpected
behavior from potentially uninitialized values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-23 15:45:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f7be558d69 OpenSSL: Fix build with BoringSSL
SSL_CTX_set_dh_auto() is not available in BoringSSL even though it
claims to be based on OpenSSL 1.1.1 in OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER.

Fixes: ebb3055e13 ("OpenSSL: Generate DH parameters automatically if not set with dh_file")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-23 13:05:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d33ef362e OpenSSL: Remove compatibility options for older versions than 1.0.2
Anything older than OpenSSL 1.0.2 should not be used anymore, so drop
the build compatibility options for those old versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-23 13:02:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78c2a4cd07 OpenSSL: Drop compatibility options for LibreSSL older than 2.7
Compilation was failing even with LibreSSL 2.7 versions, so there is no
point in maintaining these old compatibility options for older versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-23 12:52:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b062507670 OpenSSL: Implement crypto_ecdh routines without EC_KEY for OpenSSL 3.0
OpenSSL 3.0 has deprecated the low-level EC_KEY functionality, so use
the EVP API (EVP_EC_gen() and EV_PKEY_derive()) for the crypto_ecdh
wrappers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-23 12:46:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc96f6802e OpenSSL: Use new name for the EC_POINT set/get coordinate functions
OpenSSL 1.1.1 deprecated the function names with the _GFp postfix, so
move to the new function name. Add backwards compatibility wrappers for
older versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-23 11:09:28 +03:00
Alan T. DeKok
f942149684 wpa_ctrl: Wait for a total of 10 seconds, not 10 seconds per iteration
EINTR will cause the loop to restart, which means that the total
time could be significantly longer than 10 seconds.

Signed-off-by: Alan DeKok <aland@deployingradius.com>
2022-04-18 17:18:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0d9be88551 wolfSSL: Fix certificate commonName checking
wolfSSL_X509_NAME_get_index_by_NID() uses NID_* to identify the entry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-18 16:45:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94e0f39d97 wolfSSL: Use wolfSSL_export_keying_material() when available
This is needed to work with TLS 1.3 key derivation. It looks the needed
functionality was added in wolfSSL 4.7.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-18 16:27:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c31fc7a64c wolfSSL: Fix crypto_dh_init() and dh5_init()
priv_sz and pub_sz needs to be initialized to the buffer size before the
wc_DhGenerateKeyPair() call. The previous version happened to work in
some cases where a separate handled prime length was used, but not for
the generic case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-18 11:03:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d7b8c6eef2 wolfSSL: Fix crypto_ecdh_* with ECC_TIMING_RESISTANT
It looks like crypto_ecdh_set_peerkey() had started failing at some
point with a wolfSSL update due to ECC_TIMING_RESISTANT from
--enable-harden requiring RNG to be set.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-18 00:54:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae1fb64550 EAP-EKE server: Fix a memory leak on an error path
The allocated Response/Commit message was not freed if DH initialization
failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-17 23:37:50 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
166acab4e6 wolfSSL: TLS session caching
Add support for EAP server to cache TLS sessions (see hostapd
configuration parameter tls_session_lifetime).

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-04-17 22:02:55 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
12dee16d71 wolfSSL: Add a debug logging callback
Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-04-17 22:02:55 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
a5d190650b wolfSSL: Implement tls_get_tls_unique()
This is needed for EAP-TEAP. This needs wolfSSL 5.0.0 or newer.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-04-17 22:02:50 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
a419fef367 wolfSSL: Implement tls_connection_get_cipher_suite()
This is needed for EAP-TEAP.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-04-17 22:02:41 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
364876b7da wolfSSL: Implement tls_connection_get_peer_subject()
This is needed for EAP-TEAP server implementation.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-04-17 22:02:36 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
d9c7164001 wolfSSL: Implement tls_connection_get_own_cert_used()
This is needed for EAP-TEAP client implementation. This needs wolfSSL
5.0.0 or newer.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-04-17 22:02:28 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
d677b9dc65 wolfSSL: Conditional build for aes_wrap/aes_unwrap()
Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2022-04-17 21:47:43 +03:00
Nicolas Escande
3a759dcc8c ACS: Honor acs_exclude_dfs with hostapd's ACS implementation
The acs_exclude_dfs parameter is documented as a way to exclude DFS
channels when performing ACS without disabling DFS altogether. The
problem is this parameter is only enforced when ACS is offloaded to the
driver (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD). So from now on, lets also check
acs_exclude_dfs in the internal ACS implementation to exclude channels
marked with radar detection.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Escande <nico.escande@gmail.com>
2022-04-17 19:50:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5c711c855 OpenSSL: Unload providers only at process exit
The previous mechanism of unloaded the providers from tls_deinit() did
not work correctly for some cases. In particular, it was possible for
hostapd to end up unloading both providers and not being able to recover
from this if TLS server was not enabled.

Address this more cleanly by introducing a new crypto_unload() function
that will be called when the process is exiting.

Fixes: 097ca6bf0b ("OpenSSL: Unload providers on deinit")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-16 18:51:32 +03:00
John Crispin
33c4dd26cd BSS coloring: Handle the collision and CCA events coming from the kernel
This commit activates the functionality of the previous commits by
handling the actual events that will trigger the CCA process.

Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
2022-04-16 17:30:30 +03:00
John Crispin
27b4cc712f nl80211: Handle driver events for BSS coloring
Process the color collision and color change related events.

Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
2022-04-16 17:30:30 +03:00
John Crispin
399d6e64d9 nl80211: Add the switch_color() handler for BSS color changes
To start the CCA process we need to send NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE to the
kernel. This commit adds the required code.

Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
2022-04-16 17:30:09 +03:00
John Crispin
86bd90eb37 BSS coloring: Disable BSS color during CCA
While we are doing CCA the BSS Color Disabled field inside the HE
Operation Parameters field needs to be set.

Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
2022-04-16 17:13:51 +03:00
John Crispin
f7d0b740e7 BSS coloring: BSS Color Change Announcement element generation
This information element is similar to the CSA one. It contains a
counter and the target color. Once the counter expired, the change to
the new color happens.

Just note the current implementation is based on CCA counter attributes
that only take Beacon and Probe Response framesinto account.
(Re)Association Response frames do not currently have kernel APIs to
decrement the CCA counter since mediatek mcu firmware does not support
it yet and it will be added in future firmware release.

Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
2022-04-16 17:13:08 +03:00
John Crispin
654d2395dd BSS coloring: Handling of collision events and triggering CCA
Add the core code for handling BSS color collision events and triggering
CCA inside the kernel. The caller of hostapd_switch_color() will be
added in the following commits.

Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
2022-04-16 17:06:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a2a60f1db OpenSSL: Do not use the deprecated RSAPrivateKey function
Comment out the call to SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1() function when using
OpenSSL 3.0 since that function was deprecated and there does not seem
to be any significant use case for supporting DER encoded RSAPrivateKey
structure in the private key blob.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-16 12:45:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebb3055e13 OpenSSL: Generate DH parameters automatically if not set with dh_file
This is the recommended way of using DH in OpenSSL TLS handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-16 11:38:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bcd299b326 OpenSSL: Convert DH/DSA parameter loading to new API
OpenSSL 3.0 has deprecated low-level DH/DSA functions. Convert this
loading of the dh_file parameter to use newer API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-16 11:32:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
28c1c91d03 Remove unused dh_blob parameter
This was used earlier in the wpa_supplicant configuration, but there was
no real use for that, so remove the now completely unused parameter to
simplify implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-16 10:45:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a774cf317 Remove useless DH file configuration from TLS library wrappers
These operations do not really have any effect since
tls_connection_set_params() is used only in the TLS client case and the
client receives the DH parameters from the server instead of local
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 23:42:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65652c67f5 Remove DH file configuration from TLS client functionality
The DH file parameters are applicable only for the TLS server, so this
parameter did not really have any impact to functionality. Remove it to
get rid of useless code and confusing documentation for the network
block configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 23:42:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b94371af84 RADIUS attributes for EAPOL-Key message details
Use vendor specific RADIUS attributes for sending ANonce and EAPOL-Key
msg 2/4 for the wpa_psk_radius=3 case. The vendor specific attributes
for this are defined in FreeRADIUS as follows:

BEGIN-VENDOR    FreeRADIUS      format=Extended-Vendor-Specific-5
ATTRIBUTE       FreeRADIUS-802.1X-Anonce        1       octets[32]
ATTRIBUTE       FreeRADIUS-802.1X-EAPoL-Key-Msg 2       octets
END-VENDOR      FreeRADIUS

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 18:40:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24763e3cd0 RADIUS: Attributes with Extended Types (RFC 6929)
Supported extended types for RADIUS attributes for the cases defined in
RFC 6929.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 18:40:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
feed2f9e75 BoringSSL: Use accessor functions for X509 key usage flags
BoringSSL commit dddb60eb9700110835ff6e2b429de40a17006429 ("Make most of
crypto/x509 opaque.") broke the direct access to these variables, so use
the accessor functions instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 13:00:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80be88a089 BoringSSL: Replace stack-allocated X509_STORE_CTX with heap one
BoringSSL commit dddb60eb9700110835ff6e2b429de40a17006429 ("Make most of
crypto/x509 opaque.") broke the stack-allocated version, so move to
using X509_STORE_CTX_new() to get an opaque pointer to X509_STORE_CTX
instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 13:00:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b95ed17f6b OpenSSL: Fix build with BoringSSL and LibreSSL 3.3.x and older
Define the EC_GROUP_get_curve() wrapper for the older versions.

Fixes: 3c61f4db4c ("OpenSSL: Replace EC_GROUP_get_curve_GFp() calls with EC_GROUP_get_curve()")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 13:00:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae0f6ee97e OpenSSL: CMAC using the OpenSSL library for non-FIPS cases as well
Commit 0b5e98557e ("FIPS: Use OpenSSL CMAC implementation instead of
aes-omac1.c") added this implementation initially only for the FIPS
builds. However, there does not seem to be any remaining need to avoid
depending on the OpenSSL library implementation for builds, so move to
that implementation unconditionally to reduce the binary size a bit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 12:00:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c61f6234f OpenSSL: Implement CMAC using the EVP_MAC API
OpenSSL 3.0 deprecated the low-level CMAC functions, so use the new
EVP_MAC API for this. Maintain the CMAC API variant for older versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 12:00:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4fcd296608 OpenSSL: Extend CMAC to support 192-bit AES
This is used with DPP and SAE when using P-384, so prepare the OpenSSL
implementation to support these cases to allow the internal CMAC
implementation in aes-omac1.c to be replaced.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 12:00:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1176178437 OpenSSL: Remove now unused compatibility wrapper for RSA_bits()
This function is not used anymore, but the compatibility wrapper for
older OpenSSL versions was forgotten to be removed.

Fixes: 09c62aaf11 ("OpenSSL: Determine RSA key size without low-level routines")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-15 11:58:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b0769ce61c DPP: Allow a list of supported curves to be used in bootstrapping URI
The new DPP_BOOTSTRAP_GEN command parameter supported_curves can be used
to specify a colon separated list of supported curves. Information from
a parsed URI shows this information with a new supp_curves line in the
DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-14 16:57:11 +03:00
Sumit Agre
ef85328a67 QCA vendor command support to reset configuration for eLNA bypass
Add support to reset eLNA bypass configuration to default behavior.
If value of 2 is configured, the driver can choose either to
disable/enable eLNA bypass control and there is no enforcement
from userspace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-11 23:25:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7008c50fa9 OpenSSL: Implement DH using the EVP API
OpenSSL 3.0 deprecated the low-level DH functions, so use the EVP API
for this. Maintain the DH API variant for older versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-10 18:19:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e31500adea OpenSSL: Implement HMAC using the EVP_MAC API
OpenSSL 3.0 deprecated the low-level HMAC functions, so use the EVP_MAC
API for this. Maintain the HMAC API variant for older versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-10 00:39:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
097ca6bf0b OpenSSL: Unload providers on deinit
This frees up the allocated resources and makes memory leak detection
more convenient without the known allocations being left behind.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-10 00:19:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
092efd45a6 OpenSSL: Implement AES keywrap using the EVP API
OpenSSL 3.0 deprecated the low-level encryption functions, so use the
EVP API for this. Maintain the previous version for BoringSSL and
LibreSSL since not all versions seem to have the EVP_aes_*_wrap()
functions needed for the EVP API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-09 21:11:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e4984d9ca OpenSSL: Use a correct EVP_CIPHER_CTX freeing function on an error path
aes_encrypt_init() used incorrect function to free the EVP_CIPHER_CTX
allocated within this function. Fix that to use the OpenSSL function for
freeing the context.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-09 20:42:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dacb6d278d Update IEEE P802.11ax draft references to published amendment
Get rid of the old references to drafts since the amendment has been
published.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-08 19:50:32 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
8128ea76af Add Transmit Power Envelope element in 6 GHz
Add Transmit Power Envelope element for 6 GHz per IEEE Std
802.11ax-2021.

Currently, this uses hard coded EIRP/PSD limits which are applicable to
6 GHz operation in United states, Japan, and Korea. Support to extract
power limits from kernel data will be added after complete regulatory
support is added for the 6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-08 19:50:26 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
bc3dc72a3a Extend 6 GHz Operation Info field in HE Operation element
Add new field definitions for the 6 GHz Operation Information field in
the HE Operation element per IEEE Std 802.11ax-2021, 9.4.2.249. These
will be used for TPC operation in the 6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-08 13:22:31 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
0eb686637d hostapd: Add config option to specify 6 GHz regulatory AP type
IEEE Std 802.11ax-2021 introduces Regulatory Info subfield to specify
the 6 GHz access point type per regulatory. Add a user config option for
specifying this.

When not specified, Indoor AP type is selected for the 6 GHz AP by
default.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-08 13:19:10 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
ee06165e96 hostapd: Extend Country element to support 6 GHz band
Add support for the Country element for the 6 GHz band per IEEE Std
802.11ax-2021, 9.4.2.8 (Country element).

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <quic_pradeepc@quicinc.com>
2022-04-08 12:57:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5ad972455 PASN: Fix build without CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
force_kdk_derivation is defined within CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS, so need
to use matching condition when accessing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-07 00:47:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0482251a6d EAP-TLS: Allow TLSv1.3 support to be enabled with build config
The default behavior in wpa_supplicant is to disable use of TLSv1.3 in
EAP-TLS unless explicitly enabled in network configuration. The new
CONFIG_EAP_TLSV1_3=y build parameter can be used to change this to
enable TLSv1.3 by default (if supported by the TLS library).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-07 00:45:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7114e56060 EAP-TLS: Testing functionality to skip protected success indication
This server side testing functionality can be used to test EAP-TLSv1.3
peer behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-07 00:43:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
95fd54b862 Disconnect STA on continuous EAP reauth without 4-way handshake completion
It could have been possible to get into an endless loop of retried EAP
authentication followed by failing or not completed 4-way handshake if
there was a different interpretation of EAP authentication result
(success on AP, failure on STA). Avoid this by limiting the number of
consecutive EAPOL reauth attempts without completing the following 4-way
handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-06 15:28:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e11e746fa EAP-TLS: Do not allow TLSv1.3 success without protected result indication
RFC 9190 requires protected result indication to be used with TLSv1.3,
so do not allow EAP-TLS to complete successfully if the server does not
send that indication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-06 15:28:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
88ab59d71b EAP-TLS: Replace the Commitment Message term with RFC 9190 language
While the drafts for RFC 9190 used a separate Commitment Message term,
that term was removed from the published RFC. Update the debug prints to
match that final language.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-05 23:05:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
63f311b107 EAP-TLS: Update specification references to RFC 5216 and 9190
The previously used references were pointing to an obsoleted RFC and
draft versions. Replace these with current versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-05 22:57:51 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
b746cb28bc Add support for not transmitting EAPOL-Key group msg 2/2
To support the STA testbed role, the STA has to disable transmitting
EAPOL-Key group msg 2/2 of Group Key Handshake. Add test parameter to
disable sending EAPOL-Key group msg 2/2 of Group Key Handshake.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-04-05 17:06:32 +03:00
Karthikeyan Kathirvel
d27f7bd946 FILS: Fix config check to allow unsolicited broadcast Probe Response
Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response frame configuration did not work in
hostapd due fils_discovery_min_int being used by mistake where
fils_discovery_max_int should have been used in checking for conflicting
configuration. The latter is the one used to decide whether FILS
discovery is enabled or not.

Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Kathirvel <quic_kathirve@quicinc.com>
2022-04-05 00:33:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65a3a273cd OWE: Reuse own DH private key in AP if STA tries OWE association again
This is a workaround for mac80211 behavior of retransmitting the
Association Request frames multiple times if the link layer retries
(i.e., seq# remains same) fail. The mac80211 initiated retransmission
will use a different seq# and as such, will go through duplicate
detection. If we were to change our DH key for that attempt, there would
be two different DH shared secrets and the STA would likely select the
wrong one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-02 17:52:50 +03:00
Masashi Honma
1f5b6085c1 Fix SIGSEGV of eapol_test
Running eapol_test to FreeRADIUS 3.0.25 causes trailing SIGSEGV.

WPA_TRACE: eloop SIGSEGV - START
[1]: ./eapol_test(+0x67de6) [0x55b84fa4ade6]
     eloop_sigsegv_handler() ../src/utils/eloop.c:123
[2]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6(+0x430c0) [0x7fec94ad20c0]
[3]: ./eapol_test(dpp_tcp_conn_status_requested+0x4) [0x55b84fa7e674]
     dpp_tcp_conn_status_requested() ../src/common/dpp_tcp.c:2246
[4]: ./eapol_test(wpas_dpp_connected+0x3c) [0x55b84fa816dc]
     wpas_dpp_connected() dpp_supplicant.c:437
[5]: ./eapol_test(wpa_supplicant_set_state+0x48d) [0x55b84fc12c9d]
     wpa_supplicant_set_state() wpa_supplicant.c:1067
[6]: ./eapol_test(eapol_sm_step+0x4b4) [0x55b84fb3b994]
     sm_SUPP_PAE_Step() ../src/eapol_supp/eapol_supp_sm.c:419
     eapol_sm_step() ../src/eapol_supp/eapol_supp_sm.c:989
[7]: ./eapol_test(eapol_sm_rx_eapol+0x190) [0x55b84fb3c060]
     eapol_sm_rx_eapol() ../src/eapol_supp/eapol_supp_sm.c:1293
[8]: ./eapol_test(+0x24760f) [0x55b84fc2a60f]
     ieee802_1x_decapsulate_radius() eapol_test.c:834
     ieee802_1x_receive_auth() eapol_test.c:945
[9]: ./eapol_test(+0x248d46) [0x55b84fc2bd46]
     radius_client_receive() ../src/radius/radius_client.c:937
[10]: ./eapol_test(+0x68323) [0x55b84fa4b323]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:606
[11]: ./eapol_test(eloop_run+0x251) [0x55b84fa4be51]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:597
     eloop_run() ../src/utils/eloop.c:1234
[12]: ./eapol_test(main+0x8cf) [0x55b84fa30d6f]
     main() eapol_test.c:1517
WPA_TRACE: eloop SIGSEGV - END
Aborted (core dumped)

Fixes: 33cb47cf01 ("DPP: Fix connection result reporting when using TCP")
Reported-by: Alexander Clouter <alex+hostapd@coremem.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2022-04-02 17:52:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
576662d277 ieee802_11_auth: Coding style cleanup - NULL comparison
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-02 17:52:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
945acf3ef0 ieee802_11_auth: Coding style cleanup - no string constant splitting
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-02 17:52:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c3438fec4 RADIUS ACL/PSK check during 4-way handshake
Add an alternative sequence for performing the RADIUS ACL check and PSK
fetch. The previously used (macaddr_acl=2, wpa_psk_radius=2) combination
does this during IEEE 802.11 Authentication frame exchange while the new
option (wpa_psk_radius=3) does this during the 4-way handshake. This
allows some more information to be provided to the RADIUS authentication
server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-02 17:52:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b5c954c04 Fix AP config check to recognize all PSK AKMs
The check for PSK/passphrase not being present was considering only the
WPA-PSK AKM, but the same check should be applied for all other AKMs
that can use a PSK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-04-02 16:26:02 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
c5d9f9064b QCA vendor attribute to indicate NDP interface managemtn using nl80211
Add a QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_FEATURE_USE_ADD_DEL_VIRTUAL_INTF_FOR_NDI
flag to indicate that the driver requires add/del virtual interface
path using the generic nl80211 commands for NDP interface create/delete
and to register/unregister of netdev instead of creating/deleting
the NDP interface using vendor commands.

With the latest Linux kernel (5.12 version onward), interface
creation/deletion is not allowed using vendor commands as it leads to a
deadlock while acquiring the RTNL_LOCK during the register/unregister of
netdev. Create and delete NDP interface using NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE
and NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE commands respectively if the driver
advertises this capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-01 18:57:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c88d1487c Debug print on CONFIG_NO_TKIP=y prevent RSNE with TKIP as group cipher
This makes the debug log clearer for one of the more likely cases of
"invalid group cipher" preventing RSNE parsing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-04-01 11:13:10 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
d5a9331f97 P2P: Copy only valid opclasses while filtering out 6 GHz channels
Copy channels from only valid operating classes in the source channel
list while preparing a non-6 GHz channel/op-classes list when the 6 GHz
band is not used for P2P GO negotiation.

Earlier, during preparation of P2P channels for GO negotiation, a union
of the GO channels and the P2P Client channels is used. While generating
the union in p2p_channels_union_inplace() as the first list itself has
P2P_MAX_REG_CLASSES number of entries, the operating classes from the
second list which are not in the first list were not getting considered.

Fix this by not setting the dst->reg_classes to too large a value.

Fixes: f7d4f1cbec ("P2P: Add a mechanism for allowing 6 GHz channels in channel lists")
Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <quic_ssramya@quicinc.com>
2022-03-30 20:42:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99c91beaad Sync with wireless-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2022-03-11.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-03-28 19:40:23 +03:00
Chaoli Zhou
fd0d738ff4 Add return value to ACL functions
While these do not return error code within the current hostapd
implementation, matching functions in wpa_supplicant AP functionality
will have an error case and using consistent return type will make the
control interface code more consistent.

In addition, export hostapd_set_acl() in preparation for the
wpa_supplicant control interface implementation extension.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <quic_zchaoli@quicinc.com>
2022-03-24 20:53:28 +02:00
Chaoli Zhou
f5ac428116 Move ACL control interface commands into shared files
This is a step towards allowing these commands to be used from
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <quic_zchaoli@quicinc.com>
2022-03-24 14:22:24 +02:00
Chaoli Zhou
9306956626 Add BSS-TM-QUERY event to indicate reception of BSS TM Query
This allows upper layers to learn about associated stations requesting
BSS transition management from the AP.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <quic_zchaoli@quicinc.com>
2022-03-24 00:56:53 +02:00
Chaoli Zhou
0f8c6e9955 Move BTM control interface commands into shared file
This is a step towards allowing these commands to be used from
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <quic_zchaoli@quicinc.com>
2022-03-24 00:56:53 +02:00
Chaoli Zhou
e059d8ece8 Update the Extended Capability element to struct sta_info
Only the SME-in-hostapd case updated sta->ext_capability while the
SME-in-the-driver case updated sta->qos_map_enabled, but not other items
related to the extended capabilities. This resulted in reduced
information being available through the control interface.

Use the shared helper function for both cases to get matching
information available regardless of the SME architecture.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <quic_zchaoli@quicinc.com>
2022-03-24 00:56:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30ecf0181d DPP: Update Controller parameters when it was already started
dpp_configurator_params changes were taken into use in the
non-TCP/Controller case immediately on change, but that was not the case
for the Controller where this was updated only when explicitly starting
it. Change this to update dpp_configurator_params for the Controller as
well even if it is already running.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-24 00:56:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b93d1083ee DPP: Fix msg_ctx for PKEX over TCP as Controller/Responder
PKEX Exchange Request handling in Controller used incorrect msg_ctx
pointer and that could result in event messages causing unexpected
behavior. Fix this by registering the correct msg_ctx pointer for these
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-24 00:56:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce86f2446f DFS: Remove unnecessary variable
This was not used for anything else than checking the value returned by
the called function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-03-13 21:23:54 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
760a5ae26b DFS: Switch to background radar channel if available
On radar detection on the main chain switch to the channel monitored
by the background chain if we have already performed the CAC there.
If a radar pattern is reported on the background chain, just select a
new random channel according to the regulations for monitoring.

Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-13 21:23:10 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
b63d953feb DFS: Enable CSA for background radar detection
Rely on hostapd_dfs_request_channel_switch() to enable CSA for
background radar detection switching back to the selected channel.

Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-13 21:15:48 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
25663241c5 DFS: Introduce hostapd_dfs_request_channel_switch()
This is a preliminary patch to add Channel Switch Announcement for
background radar detection.

Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-13 21:12:43 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
316a9dc63b DFS: Configure background radar/CAC detection
Introduce the capability to perform radar/CAC detection on an offchannel
radar chain available on some hardware (e.g., mt7915). This feature
allows to avoid CAC downtime switching on a different channel during CAC
detection on the selected radar channel.

Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-13 21:06:51 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
bad12effe8 nl80211: Radar background flag setting
Allow background radar detection flag to be set when specifying a
channel. This is a preliminary change to introduce radar/CAC background
detection support.

Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-13 20:48:06 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
effd6111b8 DFS: Rely on channel_type in dfs_downgrade_bandwidth()
Add the capability to specify all 3 channel type possibilities in
dfs_downgrade_bandwidth(). This is a preliminary change to introduce
radar/CAC background detection support.

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-13 18:30:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9ba3d5c89 OpenSSL 3.0: Set SSL groups using SSL_set1_groups()
The mechanism using SSL_set_tmp_ecdh() has been obsoleted and
SSL_set1_groups() takes care of it instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-03-13 11:27:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09c62aaf11 OpenSSL: Determine RSA key size without low-level routines
RSA low-level routines were deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0.
EVP_PKEY_get_bits(), or its older and more backwards compatible name
EVP_PKEY_bits() can be used here instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-03-13 11:27:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b700a56e14 OpenSSL 3.0: Determine the prime length for an EC key group using EVP_PKEY
EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() and EC_KEY_get0_group() were deprecated in
OpenSSL 3.0. Add a version of this by determining the group without
fetching the EC_KEY itself from an EVP_PKEY.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-03-13 11:26:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c61f4db4c OpenSSL: Replace EC_GROUP_get_curve_GFp() calls with EC_GROUP_get_curve()
EC_GROUP_get_curve_GFp() was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0.
EC_GROUP_get_curve() can be used to do the exact same thing. Add a
backwards compatibility wrapper for older OpenSSL versions to be able to
use this newer function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-03-13 11:26:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e2cb0ca1ac OpenSSL 3.0: Implement crypto_ec_key_group() with new API
Get rid of the now deprecated EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() and
EC_KEY_get0_group() calls.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-03-13 11:26:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f6a53f64af OpenSSL: Replace EVP_PKEY_cmp() with EVP_PKEY_eq() when available
OpenSSL 3.0 deprecated EVP_PKEY_cmp() and replaced it with EVP_PKEY_eq()
which is not available in older versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-03-12 10:54:48 +02:00
Nicolas Escande
56a14cc720 DFS: Don't let cac_time_left_seconds overflow
There can be some discrepancy between the theorical dfs cac end (as
computed with the cac duration and cac start) and the actual cac end as
reported by the driver. During that window, the value of remaining time
outputed by the status command on the socket control interface will
display an overflowed, invalid value.
To mitigate this lets compute the remaining time as signed and display
it only when positive, otherwise defaulting it to 0.

Status command shows something like that when polling every seconds:

state=DFS
cac_time_seconds=60
cac_time_left_seconds=1
...
state=DFS
cac_time_seconds=60
cac_time_left_seconds=0
...
state=DFS
cac_time_seconds=60
cac_time_left_seconds=4294967294
...
state=DFS
cac_time_seconds=60
cac_time_left_seconds=4294967293
...
state=DFS
cac_time_seconds=60
cac_time_left_seconds=4294967292
...
state=ENABLED
cac_time_seconds=60
cac_time_left_seconds=N/A

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Escande <nico.escande@gmail.com>
2022-03-12 10:39:43 +02:00
Alasdair Mackintosh
ae512c30a1 DPP: Fix uninitialised variable on error path
The current code generates a warning when compiled by Clang, because if
we goto 'fail:', password_len can be uninitialised when we pass it in to
bin_clear_free().

Note that the actual usage is safe, because bin_clear_free() ignores
the second argument if the first argument is NULL, but it still seems
worth cleaning up.

Signed-off-by: Alasdair Mackintosh <alasdair at google.com>
2022-03-12 10:36:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5eaf596e14 HTTP: Make URL available to the cert_cb
This makes it easier for non-SOAP cases to validate HTTP server name
(from the URL) match against the certificate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-11 19:46:23 +02:00
Sumit Agre
1fee1c40c3 Enhance QCA vendor interface to indicate TWT required capability of AP
Add QCA_WLAN_TWT_NOTIFY command type to send event to userspace when AP
changes TWT required bit field in its capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-10 19:36:37 +02:00
Jhalak Naik
a192305a41 Add QCA vendor attributes for AFC support in external ACS
Add support for new QCA nested attributes to pass the AFC channel
information as part of the external ACS request command,
EXTERNAL_ACS_EVENT_CHAN_INFO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-10 19:31:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de5939ef52 DPP: Allow Configurator net_access_key_curve to be changed
This is mainly for testing purposes to allow a Configurator to the curve
between provisioning cases. This would not work for real deployement
cases unless every Enrollee were reconfigured.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-10 01:30:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9638452a62 DPP: Update Configurator to require same netAccessKey curve to be used
DPP network introduction requires all devices to use the same curve for
netAccessKey. Enforce that this happens based on hardcoding the curve
based on the first successful configuration object generation if no
explicit configuration of the curve was used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-09 23:08:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2b406eecee DPP: Update Auth-I derivation operations
This is not properly defined in the technical specification and will
need to be clarified there. Change the implementation to use a design
that is more likely to be used in the cleaned up tech spec.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-09 20:50:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de64dfe98e DPP: Curve change for netAccessKey
Allow the Configurator to be configured to use a specific curve for the
netAccessKey so that it can request the Enrollee to generate a new key
during the configuration exchange to allow a compatible Connector to be
generated when the network uses a different curve than the protocol keys
used during the authentication exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-09 01:07:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd2eb7a41e DPP: Fix a memory leak on error path
The encoded CSR could have been leaked if another memory allocation were
to fail in this function. Use a shared return path to free the allocated
temporary buffers to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-08 00:28:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9551efe05 DPP: Missing/invalid Protocol Version in Reconfig Auth Req
Extend dpp_test testing functionality to allow the Protocol Version
attribute to be removed or modified to invalid value in Reconfig
Authentication Request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-07 23:40:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeb72e7c9a DPP: Extend DPP_PKEX_ADD ver=<1/2> to cover Responder role
Allow PKEX v1-only or v2-only behavior to be specific for the Responder
role. This is mainly for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-07 21:37:40 +02:00
Jhalak Naik
6c3c431bbd Add QCA vendor attribute to enable Spectral FFT recapture
Add a QCA vendor attribute to enable FFT recapture on user trigger.
Enable FFT recapture only when spectral scan period is greater than 52
us.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-04 22:35:33 +02:00
Mario Hros
fcbdaae8a5 SAE: Add support for RADIUS passphrase as the SAE password
Allow the first Tunnel-Password RADIUS entry to be used for SAE in
addition to the sae_password entries and wpa_passphrase parameters from
the static configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Mario Hros <git@reversity.org>
2022-03-04 12:25:14 +02:00
Baligh Gasmi
3d86fcee07 cleanup: Remove unreachable code
There is no need for unreachable code in these places, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Baligh Gasmi <gasmibal@gmail.com>
2022-03-04 12:07:46 +02:00
Yegor Yefremov
9683195ee5 qca-vendor: Fix typos
Fix typos found with codespell utility.

Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
2022-03-04 12:04:54 +02:00
Yegor Yefremov
4c9ef9322a brcm_vendor: Fix typos
Fix typos found with codespell utility.

Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
2022-03-04 12:04:54 +02:00
Yegor Yefremov
d65285ab8f src/drivers: Fix typos
Fix typos found with codespell utility.

Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
2022-03-04 12:04:51 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
203a027b28 nl80211: Report background radar/CAC detection capability
Report background radar/CAC detection capability if supported
by the underlying driver/hardware.

Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-04 01:17:02 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
0a73649b64 DFS: Add capability to select radar-only channels
Introduce type parameter to dfs_get_valid_channel() routine to allow
selection of a radar-only channel where the CAC detection has not been
performed yet. This is a preliminary patch to enable background
radar/CAC detection.

Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-04 01:16:01 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
f39765369a DFS: Introduce dfs_set_valid_channel() utility routine
This is a preliminary change to introduce radar/CAC background detection
support.

Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
2022-03-04 00:22:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dec626109e HE: Fix invalid length checking for HE Capability element
Do not use the first octet of the PPE Thresholds field without
explicitly confirming that that octet was included in the element.
Furthermore, allow the received element to have additional octets in the
end since IEEE Std 802.11ax-2021 defines this to be an extensible
element and new fields could be added to the end of it in the future.

Fixes: 0497e41481 ("HE: Fix HE Capabilities element size")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-03-03 01:31:39 +02:00
Shiva Sankar Gajula
53be64f7d9 HE: Fix calculation of the PPE Threshold field length
The previously used calculation was not correct for the cases where the
extra padding field was needed. Fix this by properly calculating the
number of full octets in the field.

Fixes: 0497e41481 ("HE: Fix HE Capabilities element size")
Signed-off-by: Shiva Sankar Gajula <quic_sgajula@quicinc.com>
2022-03-03 01:31:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
738fef2f0b Clear PSK explicitly from memory in couple more cases on deinit
Couple of the WPS/P2P/RADIUS-PSK cases were freeing heap memory
allocations without explicitly clearing the PSK value. Add such clearing
for these to avoid leaving the PSK in memory after it is not needed
anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-26 19:12:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
567b9764fb Clear PMK explicitly even without FT support in AP build
Unlike the other keys that were cleared here, the PMK is available
without FT support built into hostapd and as such, should be cleared in
all cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-26 19:12:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0bd29c1768 Remove duplicated pointer check
The following if statement verifies the exact same thing here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-26 19:12:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
007fd6111d Clear temporary results from stack in PBKDF2-SHA1
Force stack memory to be cleared of temporary values that might contain
keying material.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-26 19:12:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1364f322bf Remove GTK/IGTK/BIGTK from memory explicitly in AP mode
Make sure these keys do not remain in memory beyond the time they are
needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-26 19:12:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af1f0694e1 Clear last set keys (for testing purposes) from memory explicitly
This makes it easier to scan process memory for key information that is
not supposed to remain there after the last use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-26 19:12:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c850a1c06 nl80211: Clear bss->freq when stopping AP mode
The current operating frequency information was already cleared when
stopping other modes, but the cases for stopping AP mode were not
covered. Clear bss->freq in wpa_driver_nl80211_del_beacon() to cover
these cases. In addition, move clearing of bss->beacon_set there to
avoid having to clear that in all callers separately.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-26 19:12:11 +02:00
Ajit Vaishya
a44fa15cb1 Define a vendor specific NDP attribute for NAN service id
Add a NAN NDP attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_NDP_SERVICE_ID which
indicates service id with 6 bytes of length and it's derived from the
SHA-256 hash of the NAN service name. As per Wi-Fi Aware Specfication
version 3.2, this service ID is used to calculate the NAN PMK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-24 01:47:53 +02:00
leiwei
7e941e7a15 macsec_linux: Support cipher suite configuration
Set the cipher suite for the link. Unlike the other parameters, this
needs to be done with the first rtnl_link_add() call (NLM_F_CREATE))
instead of the update in try_commit() since the kernel is rejecting
changes to the cipher suite after the link is first added.

Signed-off-by: leiwei <quic_leiwei@quicinc.com>
2022-02-17 01:05:08 +02:00
leiwei
46c635910a MACsec: Support GCM-AES-256 cipher suite
Allow macsec_csindex to be configured and select the cipher suite when
the participant acts as a key server.

Signed-off-by: leiwei <quic_leiwei@quicinc.com>
2022-02-16 22:54:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42944de69b nl80211: Do not store no-wait TX frame cookies to be cancelled
If the TX frame operation does not request any wait time, there is not
going to be any pending wait that could be cancelled later. As such,
there is no need to store the cookie value for these cases. This removes
unnecessary cancel-TX-wait operations that would result in some extra
latency and confusing debug log entries.

This was found with the following hwsim test case sequence where the
second test was failing due to the extra latency and this commit gets
rid of that failure:
rrm_ftm_range_req_timeout dpp_qr_code_auth_neg_chan

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-16 21:09:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e6f59c702 nl80211: Clear the last saved TX frame cookie on wait expiration
drv->send_frame_cookies[] was already cleared, but
dev->send_frame_cookie was not. This resulted in unnecessary attempts of
canceling the TX wait for a wait that had already expired. While this
does not really result in real issues, it is cleaner to get rid of the
error messages from the debug log by skipping the unnecessary
operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-15 16:24:43 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
9d5fd33282 Update QCA vendor attribute to indicate maximum PCL attributes
Add the enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_pcl elements to mark the maximum value
of the defined attributes for the preferred channel list. This is
helpful for nla_parse().

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <quic_ssramya@quicinc.com>
2022-02-10 17:57:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19169a53aa atheros: Do not include p2p.h
That wpa_supplicant header file is not needed for driver_atheros.c and
maybe was never really needed, so do not include it here to avoid
potentially conflicting C preprocessor defines.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-10 17:54:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f43d31dda7 nl80211: Debug print association comeback event data
This is helpful for understanding why an assocation attempt takes
unexpectedly long time to complete.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-09 20:43:53 +02:00
Narasimha Rao PVS
a91072503c OCV: Don't start SA Query timer on CSA when SA Query is offloaded
Check driver support for SA Query offload in AP mode and skip starting
SA Query timer on CSA for OCV enabled STAs when the driver indicates
support for offloading SA Query procedures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-09 20:32:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5c8697c04 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2022-01-04. In addition, update
nl80211_command_to_string() to cover the new defined commands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-02-09 20:25:30 +02:00
Liangwei Dong
ac1e3a7f0e Add QCA vendor MCC channel quota command and event
Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_MCC_QUOTA. When two or more interfaces are
active on the same band and two different home channels (MCC), the
target may allocate quota of "on channel" time for each home channel.
The target will indicate the quota information to application layer with
this event. Application may do TX bitrate control based on the
information. The user may also set the MCC quota for an interface by
using this command.

Signed-off-by: Liangwei Dong <quic_liangwei@quicinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Madhvapathi Sriram <quic_msriram@quicinc.com>
2022-02-04 18:58:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d1e3184b9 Whitespace/coding style cleanup for QCA vendor attribute definitions
Use more consistent style with whitespace around enums.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-04 18:23:47 +02:00
Jayachandran Sreekumaran
1646883f43 Vendor command to configure rate mask
Introduce a new vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_RATEMASK_CONFIG. This is used to set the rate
mask config to be used in MCS rate selection per PHY type.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-04 18:23:41 +02:00
Nirav Shah
2faaa193f3 Rename moderate latency level to XR latency level in vendor attributes
Currently the moderate latency level is not used. Rename the moderate
latency level to XR latency level to be used in XR (extended reality)
applications.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-04 18:10:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9905f8d94 nl80211: Clear frequency information on leaving mesh
Not doing this was resulting in test failures with many sequences of a
mesh test case (e.g., wpas_mesh_peer_connected) followed by
ap_csa_1_switch which was checking the driver wrapper frequency
information at the beginning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-04 12:15:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07e26b2926 GAS server: Increase query timeout to 60 seconds for DPP
DPP Enrollee might wait for the configuration for 60 seconds, so
increase the DPP Configurator timeout for the GAS server operation to 60
seconds to cover that full wait time. This is needed for cases where
user interaction can take significant amount of time before the
configuration response can be generated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-04 12:15:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da65e71360 nl80211: Add a handler for NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL events
This can be helpful in figuring out when the driver has stopped waiting
on a specific channel and would need a remain-on-channel command to
continue listening on that channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-04 00:13:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
033ad6ffaa DPP: Allow Configurator parameters to be provided during config exchange
This provides an alternative mechanism for upper layer components to
control configuration parameters to be used by the local Configurator.
Instead of the previously used design where the Configurator parameters
had to be provided before initiating the DPP Authentication exchange,
the new alternative approach allows the DPP Authentication exchange to
be started before any Configurator parameters have been determined and
wpa_supplicant will then request the parameters once the DPP
Configuration Request has been received from the Enrollee. This allows
the Config Request information to be used at upper layers to determine
how the Enrollee should be configured.

For example for an Initiator:

CTRL: DPP_QR_CODE <URI from Responder/Enrollee>
CTRL: DPP_AUTH_INIT peer=1 conf=query
<3>DPP-CONF-NEEDED peer=1 src=02:00:00:00:00:00 net_role=sta name="Test" opclass=81,82,83,84,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,128,129,130 mud_url=N/A
(upper layer processing; potentially including user interaction)
CTRL: DPP_CONF_SET peer=1 conf=sta-sae ssid=736165 pass=70617373776f7264
<3>DPP-CONF-SENT

For example for a Responder:

CTRL: SET dpp_configurator_params conf=query
CTRL: DPP_LISTEN 2412 role=configurator
<3>DPP-CONF-NEEDED peer=2 src=02:00:00:00:01:00 net_role=sta name="Test" opclass=81,82,83,84,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,128,129,130 mud_url=N/A
(upper layer processing; potentially including user interaction)
CTRL: DPP_CONF_SET peer=2 conf=sta-sae ssid=736165 pass=70617373776f7264
<3>DPP-CONF-SENT

For example for an Initiator that can act both as a Configurator and an
Enrollee in a case where the Initiator becomes the Enrollee:

CTRL: DPP_AUTH_INIT peer=1 role=either conf=query
<3>DPP-CONF-RECEIVED

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-03 00:35:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4961a7755 GAS server: Asynchronous request handler comeback time indication
Extend the GAS server functionality to allow a request handler to return
the initial comeback delay with a later callback instead of having to
indicate the comeback delay when returning from the handler function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-02 16:59:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a90aab12b DPP: Store Enrollee config request information
This information can be helpful for upper layers in deciding how to
configure the Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-02 16:59:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6751fb0604 DPP: Make dpp_netrole_str() non-static
This function is going to be needed outside dpp.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-02 16:59:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34575ad72e EAP-pwd: Fix the prefix in a debug message
This was copied from sae.c, but the debug message prefix was not changed
to match the use here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-01 19:58:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e07000e748 nl80211: Partial support for radio_disable
This is for testing purposes to allow a station mode associated to be
dropped without sending the AP a Deauthentication frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-02-01 19:53:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
33cb47cf01 DPP: Fix connection result reporting when using TCP
The TCP code path did not handle the postponed connection attempt on TX
status and the following result message from the Enrollee to the
Configurator. Fix this by adding TCP-versions of these operations to
match the way wpa_supplicant implemented this for the Public Action
frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-28 17:28:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1822bd3789 DPP: Testing capability for invalid Protocol Version in Network Intro
This extends dpp_test functionality to allow DPP Network Introduction
exchanges to use an incorrect value in the Protocol Version attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-27 18:44:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7be749335 DPP3: PKEX over TCP
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2022-01-26 00:40:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bdcccbc275 DPP: Change PKEX version configuration design
Use a separate ver=<1|2> parameter to DPP_PKEX_ADD instead of
overloading init=1 with version indication. This allows additional
options for forcing v1-only and v2-only in addition to automatic mode
(start with v2 and fall back to v1, if needed).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-25 20:32:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d3f347a2b DPP3: Add PKEX initiator retries and fallback from v2 to v1 for hostapd
This extends hostapd with the design used in wpa_supplicant for PKEX
initiator retries and automatic version fallback from v2 to v1 (the
latter is enabled only with CONFIG_DPP3=y).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-24 22:58:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f67ab5871 DPP: Handle TX status events for broadcast DPP messages
Report TX status for DPP messages even if the destination address was
broadcast. This is needed to get appropriate trigger for PKEX retries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-24 22:58:38 +02:00
Qiwei Cai
f32f99df11 P2P: Send response frame on channel where the request is received
The rx_freq of Public Action frame was not maintained by the GO and the
GO always sent the response on the operating channel. This causes
provision discovery failure when a P2P Device is sending a PD Request on
a 2.4 GHz social channel and the GO is responding on a 5 GHz operating
channel.

Save the rx_freq and use it for GO to sent the response. This extends
commit c5cc7a59ac ("Report offchannel RX frame frequency to hostapd")
to cover additional frame types.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-17 20:27:37 +02:00
Madhvapathi Sriram
b678a3aa32 Extend QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PEER_FLUSH_PENDING
Extend the peer queue flush command with following attributes
1. Enable to flush per TID peer queue
2. Enable to configure when to flush the peer/TID queue

Signed-off-by: Madhvapathi Sriram <quic_msriram@quicinc.com>
2022-01-17 20:16:21 +02:00
Arowa Suliman
fc4bc342e5 Replace "blacklist" with "denylist" in vendor interface definition
Replace the word "blacklist" with the inclusive word "denylist" and add
aliases for backward compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2022-01-17 17:30:28 +02:00
Arowa Suliman
bc9fd8adc0 Replace "whitelist" with "allowlist" in vendor interface definition
Replace the word "whitelist" with the inclusive word "allowlist" and add
aliases for backward compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2022-01-17 17:30:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c765450339 The main branch is now used for v2.11 development
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-01-17 00:03:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cff80b4f7d Preparations for v2.10 release
Update the version number for the build and also add the ChangeLog
entries for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to describe main changes
between v2.9 and v2.10.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-01-16 22:51:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b14aed908 crypto: Remove unused crypto_ec_point_solve_y_coord()
This wrapper function is not used anymore, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-01-11 20:15:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c502336d4 EAP-pwd: Derive the y coordinate for PWE with own implementation
The crypto_ec_point_solve_y_coord() wrapper function might not use
constant time operations in the crypto library and as such, could leak
side channel information about the password that is used to generate the
PWE in the hunting and pecking loop. As such, calculate the two possible
y coordinate values and pick the correct one to use with constant time
selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-01-11 20:15:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c380f4c87 SAE: Derive the y coordinate for PWE with own implementation
The crypto_ec_point_solve_y_coord() wrapper function might not use
constant time operations in the crypto library and as such, could leak
side channel information about the password that is used to generate the
PWE in the hunting and pecking loop. As such, calculate the two possible
y coordinate values and pick the correct one to use with constant time
selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-01-11 20:15:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ebd8aacc2 SAE: Move sqrt() implementation into a helper function
This implementation within SSWU can be helpful for other users of the
dragonfly design, so move it into a shared helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-01-11 20:15:36 +02:00
Vishal Miskin
41c7f3f20e Defined a driver interface for periodic TSF sync feature
Add a QCA vendor netlink interface to start/stop periodic TSF sync
feature and also support configuration of interval value as part of TSF
sync start command. In addition, improve documentation for the related
attributes and values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-11 18:37:52 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
5758d09294 Add a QCA vendor attribute to indicate ACS over EHT
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_EHT_ENABLED flag attribute to conduct ACS
for EHT mode. The driver can consider EHT specific parameters such as
puncture pattern for ACS when this flag attribute is indicated by
userspace.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com>
2022-01-11 18:30:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58bbcfa31b OpenSSL: Update security level drop for TLS 1.0/1.1 with OpenSSL 3.0
OpenSSL 3.0 dropped these older TLS versions from the security level 2
to 1, so need to drop the security level all the way to 0 if TLS v1.0 or
v1.1 is explicitly enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-11 17:42:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
682fce579f OpenSSL: Fix compressed form encoding for subjectPublicKey with 3.0
It looks like EC_KEY_set_conv_form() for the EC_KEY within the EVP_PKEY
does not take effect for i2d_PUBKEY() with OpenSSL 3.0, so allocate a
new wrapper EVP_PKEY after the conversion format change to be able to
return the correctly encoded (compressed) value here. This is required
for DPP to work correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-11 17:40:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff2eccbdf9 OpenSSL: Load legacy provider when needed for OpenSSL 3.0
Number of the older algorithms have now been moved into a separate
provider in OpenSSL 3.0 and they are not available by default.
Explicitly load the legacy provider when such an algorithm is needed for
the first time.

In addition, at least for now, load the legacy providers when initiating
TLS context to maintain existing functionality for various private key
formats.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-11 17:40:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ddcdd62866 OpenSSL: Clean up EVP_PKEY_get{0,1}_EC_KEY() use
Use get1 whenever actually modifying the EC_KEY parameters and mark the
variable used with get0 const to be compatible with OpenSSL 3.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2022-01-11 17:40:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
384aa245ef OpenSSL: Speed up crypto_ec_point_compute_y_sqr()
Optimize the calculation by computing (x^2 + a) first to get rid of one
separate multiplication by x.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2022-01-11 17:40:06 +02:00
Mukul Sharma
43f600a1f7 Add new vendor attributes to avoid coex unsafe frequencies
Add additional attributes in
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_AVOID_FREQUENCY_EXT vendor sub command to
avoid usage of unsafe frequencies on wifi interfaces sent from userspace
to the driver/firmware. The driver/firmware shall use restrictions and
power cap accordingly to restrict the usage of these frequencies on
operating interface(s).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2021-12-21 00:04:26 +02:00
peterhuang
bc24a8a09e Update supported channel width set (HT40) after channel switch
hostapd should update Supported Channel Width Set of HT Capability
Information field after channel switching done. Otherwise, it would
continue to use the old setting.

Signed-off-by: peterhuang <peterhuang@realtek.com>
2021-12-12 22:53:22 +02:00
peterhuang
ff7e403f06 Fix channel switch wrapper when switching from HT to VHT/HE
Because ieee80211ac and ieee80211ax were not updated before channel
switch is done, hostapd didn't build the Channel Switch Wrapper element
when it switched from HT to bandwidth more than 40 MHz of VHT/HE. fix
this by allowing hostapd_eid_wb_chsw_wrapper() to determine internally
when the element needs to be added based on the new channel instead of
the old configuration.

Signed-off-by: peterhuang <peterhuang@realtek.com>
2021-12-12 22:42:59 +02:00
peterhuang
5606ede121 Update ieee80211ac when channel switching
hostapd will build wrong beacon_after in hostapd_fill_csa_settings() if
it doesn't update ieee80211ac when channel switching.

Signed-off-by: peterhuang <peterhuang@realtek.com>
2021-12-12 22:36:51 +02:00
Daniel Golle
e6db1bc5da mesh: Make forwarding configurable
Allow mesh_fwding (dot11MeshForwarding) to be specified in a mesh BSS
config, pass that to the driver (only nl80211 implemented for now) and
announce forwarding capability accordingly.

Signed-off-by: José Pekkarinen <jose.pekkarinen@unikie.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2021-12-12 22:31:13 +02:00
Alan Young
5ef9277d0b ACS/DFS: Support min_tx_power configuration
If min_tx_power is specified (default 0 dBm, i.e., no constraint), ACS
and DFS will not consider channels whose available max_tx_power is less
than the configured value.

This may be useful to exclude SRD (Short Range Device) channels which
may be limited to 13.9 dBm (25 mW) in some regulatory domains.

Signed-off-by: Alan Young <consult.awy@gmail.com>
2021-12-12 22:20:18 +02:00
Matthew Wang
7db757aac4 Revert "Extract BSS coex 40 MHz check into a separate function"
This reverts commit 3af78a4e04.

This commit prepares a refactor for another patch, which is being
reverted.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2021-12-11 13:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b57273d069 DPP2: PKEXv2 core protocol changes
Add support for PKEXv2 core protocol. This defines a new PKEX Exchange
Request message type with protocol negotiation and different rules for
key derivation with PKEXv2 or newer is used.

This does not change existing behavior for PKEX, i.e., the PKEXv1
variant will still be used by default.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2021-12-07 23:26:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b21b310148 DPP: Testing functionality to omit Protocol Version from Peer Discovery
Allow the dpp_test parameter to be used to request the Protocol Version
attributed to be omitted from the Peer Discovery Request/Response
message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2021-12-03 21:24:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
341e7cd664 DPP3: Verify version match during Network Introduction
Verify that the Protocol Version attribute is used appropriate in Peer
Discovery Request/Response messages in cases where the signed Connector
includes the version information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2021-12-03 21:24:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f26fd5ee6c DPP3: Use Connector version instead of current version in Peer Discovery
Generate Peer Discovery Request/Response messages using the protected
version from the Connector, if present, instead of the currently
supported protocol version which might be higher than the one that got
included into the signed Connector during provisioning earlier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2021-12-03 21:24:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0cfb726895 DPP3: Add version member to Connector
Indicate the protocol version number that the Enrollee used during the
DPP exchange that resulted in the generation of the Connector.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2021-12-03 21:24:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77ddd38b66 DPP3: Add build option for version 3 functionality
CONFIG_DPP3=y can now be used to configure hostapd and wpa_supplicant
builds to include DPP version 3 functionality. This functionality is
still under design and the implementation is experimental and not
suitable to be enabled in production uses before the specification has
been finalized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <quic_jouni@quicinc.com>
2021-12-03 21:24:59 +02:00
Aditya Sathish
147932addd Add a QCA vendor attribute to indicate puncture pattern in ACS
Add a QCA vendor attribute to indicate the puncture pattern derived
by the automatic channel selection algorithm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-18 23:07:12 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
b16b88acdb RNR: Do not allow FILS Discovery and unsolicited Probe Response simultaneously
Reduced neighbor report has a field to indicate whether unsolicited
Probe Response transmission is active. Add a check to return failure if
both FILS discovery and unsolicited Probe Response are enabled at the
same time to ensure that RNR includes valid data.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-09 18:02:02 +02:00
Muna Sinada
15f099ec70 RNR: Allow Probe Response frame for a colocated 6 GHz AP
When a Probe Request frame from a station includes an SSID matching that
of a co-located 6 GHz AP, AP should respond with a Probe Response frame
that includes Reduced Neighbor Report element containing information
regarding the requested BSS.

Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-09 17:55:45 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
f17f7ca4e0 RNR: Update Beacon frames for 6 GHz colocation
Update 2.4/5 GHz Beacon frames every time Beacon frames for co-located 6
GHz AP(s) are set. This is required for 6 GHz out-of-band discovery so
that lower band Beacon frames will include RNR element with 6 GHz AP
information irrespective of the AP bring-up order. Similarly, RNR is
included in FILS Discovery frames by default in 6 GHz-only mode,
updating the Beacon frames will remove it when co-located 2.4/5 GHz
interfaces are brought up.

This change also ensures that the changes in 6 GHz AP configuration such
as new channel and bandwidth get reflected in the lower bands Beacon
frames.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-09 17:50:02 +02:00
John Crispin
01efcc2929 RNR: Addition in Beacon, Probe Response, and FILS Discovery frames
Add Reduced Neighbor Report element in Beacon, Probe Response, and FILS
Discovery frames.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-09 17:44:45 +02:00
John Crispin
0c9457ee23 RNR: Additions for a 6 GHz AP
Include Reduced Neighbor Report element in Beacon and Probe Response
frames by default if the reporting AP is 2.4/5 GHz and it is co-located
with a 6 GHz AP. Similarly, include RNR by default in FILS Discovery
frames if the AP is a standalone 6 GHz AP.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Co-developed-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-09 17:33:14 +02:00
John Crispin
b2bbedcb21 RNR: Add co-located BSSes
Calculate the length and include data for the BSSes active on the same
radio as the reporting BSS in the Reduced Neighbor Report element. This
element is included in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Co-developed-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
Co-developed-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
Co-developed-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-09 00:21:29 +02:00
John Crispin
a7c152d6b8 RNR: Add data from neighbor database
Include data from the existing neighbor database in the Reduced Neighbor
Report element in Beacon frames if the configuration option 'rnr' is
enabled for the BSS.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
Co-developed-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-09 00:16:12 +02:00
John Crispin
847f76760a RNR: Add configuration option
Adds configuration option 'rnr' to enable the reduced neighbor report
elements in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-08 23:57:43 +02:00
John Crispin
3db24e4eef RNR: Define element format
Add definitions for the fields described in IEEE Std 802.11-2020 and
IEEE Std 802.11ax-2021, 9.4.2.170 Reduced Neighbor Report element.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-08 23:56:04 +02:00
John Crispin
1b8eb39757 RNR: Add bss_parameters to the neighbor_db
Add a new field to include BSS Parameter subfield in the neighbor
database as described in IEEE Std 802.11ax-2021, Figure 9-632a (BSS
Parameters subfield format). This field holds information related to
multiple BSSID, access point co-location, and 20 TU probe response
active/inactive state.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-08 23:39:46 +02:00
John Crispin
9d0948ecc9 RNR: Short SSID assignment
Calculate and store short SSID in hostapd_data context during config
load time and in neighbor report.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-08 23:34:02 +02:00
Will Huang
f969bd22d7 Add QCA vendor attribute to configure ARP/NS offload feature
Add a QCA vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_ARP_NS_OFFLOAD to
configure ARP/NS offload feature.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-04 20:35:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f4d7e8f06 OpenSSL: Fix build with OpenSSL 1.0.2
OpenSSL 1.0.2 did not define the 'bytes' argument to
X509_NAME_add_entry_by_NID() to be const like it did for the previously
used X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt(). Add a backwards compatible version of
this call to avoid compilation issues.

Fixes: d51939f2c4 ("DPP: Move CSR routines to use crypto.h")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-11-03 16:02:07 +02:00
Cedric Izoard
2086ae46b3 DPP: Replace dpp_bootstrap_key_der() with crypto_ec_key_get_subject_public_key()
As BoringSSL version of i2d_PUBKEY() doesn't respect the
POINT_CONVERSION_COMPRESSED flag redefine a specific
crypto_ec_key_get_subject_public_key() version for BoringSSL based on
dpp_bootstrap_key_der().

The only other user of crypto_ec_key_get_subject_public_key() is SAE-PK
for which the public key should also be formatted using compressed
format.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-11-03 15:45:00 +02:00
Cedric Izoard
e9f8f81a82 DPP: Use ECDH from crypto.h
Use crypto.h API to implement ECDH in DPP. This needs a new
initialization function in crypto.h to initialize an ECDH with a given
EC key.

Using crypto_ecdh_set_peerkey() to generate the ECDH secret in an
intermediate and dynamically allocated buffer removed the need for the
DPP-specific workaround for inconsistent length returned by
EVP_PKEY_derive() since that crypto_ecdh_set_peerkey() implementation
already had functionality for covering the changing secret_len value
from commit d001fe31ab ("OpenSSL: Handle EVP_PKEY_derive() secret_len
changes for ECDH").

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-11-03 13:52:52 +02:00
Cedric Izoard
4aed5668b4 OpenSSL: Clear the correct flag in crypto_ec_key_get_ecprivate_key()
In case the public key was not included in the EC private key ASN.1
sequence, the flag that was cleared was not the right one. Fix this by
using EC_KEY_set_enc_flags() for both setting and clearing the
EC_PKEY_NO_PUBKEY flag instead of trying to clear that with the
unrelated EC_KEY_clear_flags() function.

Fixes: 2d5772e691 ("DPP: Factorize conversion to ASN.1 ECPrivateKey")
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-11-03 13:35:36 +02:00
Masashi Honma
726eda65fb wolfSSL: Fix a link error when WPS NFC is disabled
/usr/bin/ld: /home/honma/git/hostap/build/wpa_supplicant/src/wps/wps.o: in function `wps_deinit':
/home/honma/git/hostap/wpa_supplicant/../src/wps/wps.c:184: undefined reference to `dh5_free'
/usr/bin/ld: /home/honma/git/hostap/build/wpa_supplicant/src/wps/wps_common.o: in function `wps_derive_keys':
/home/honma/git/hostap/wpa_supplicant/../src/wps/wps_common.c:83: undefined reference to `dh5_derive_shared'
/usr/bin/ld: /home/honma/git/hostap/wpa_supplicant/../src/wps/wps_common.c:84: undefined reference to `dh5_free'
/usr/bin/ld: /home/honma/git/hostap/build/wpa_supplicant/src/wps/wps_attr_build.o: in function `wps_build_public_key':
/home/honma/git/hostap/wpa_supplicant/../src/wps/wps_attr_build.c:68: undefined reference to `dh5_free'
/usr/bin/ld: /home/honma/git/hostap/wpa_supplicant/../src/wps/wps_attr_build.c:69: undefined reference to `dh5_init'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make: *** [Makefile:1892: wpa_supplicant] Error 1

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2021-11-03 13:04:16 +02:00
Cedric Izoard
b8402ab085 DPP: Use crypto_ec_key_get_subject_public_key() when possible
Keep the locally defined ASN.1 sequence DPP_BOOTSTRAPPING_KEY for now to
avoid losing a workaround for BoringSSL from commit 746c1792ac ("DPP:
Build bootstrapping key DER encoding using custom routine").

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-28 00:45:07 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
d51939f2c4 DPP: Move CSR routines to use crypto.h
Add basic CSR API in crypto.h.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-28 00:39:56 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
d56352b551 DPP: Move dpp_pkcs7_certs() into crypto_pkcs7_get_certificates()
Move implementation of dpp_pkcs7_certs() into OpenSSL specific files.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-28 00:05:42 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
b89176fa6f DPP: Move debug print of EC key to crypto.h
Move the crypto lib specific print of an EC key in dpp_debug_print_key()
to crypto.h.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-27 23:50:23 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
87f2fb8863 DPP: Remove direct call to OpenSSL in dpp_test_gen_invalid_key()
Instead of generating EC point with random coordinates, generate a
valid EC point and then corrupt the coordinates after exporting them
in binary format.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-27 23:41:32 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
c88b7fcaef DPP: Add crypto_ec_key_cmp() in crypto.h and use it
This gets rid of one more direct OpenSSL call in the DPP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-27 23:33:54 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
984faf9634 DPP: Use crypto_ec_key_group() to compare EC key's group
Remove one more direct call to OpenSSL using crypto_ec_key_group() to
compare group of c-sign-key and ppKey when creating Configurator from
backup data.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-27 23:29:00 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
f5334f9b5b DPP: Use crypto API for reconfig part
Rewrite functions related to reconfig feature using EC point/bignum
primitives defined in crypto.h API.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-27 23:24:20 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
eac41656ee DPP: Update connector signing to use crypto.h
Add two new functions in crypto.h that "wrap" around already defined
signing function with (r,s) interface instead of DER Ecdsa-Sig-Value.

Using those functions implies to compute the hash to sign manually
before.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-27 00:08:36 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
da63d30997 DPP: Remove unused EVP_PKEY_CTX variable
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 23:42:01 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
4767de3a42 DPP: Use crypto.h for authentication computation
Rewrite dpp_auth_derive_l_responder/initiator() using EC point/bignum
primitives defined in crypto.h API.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 23:41:48 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
0d1d74107b DPP: Update PKEX part to use crypto.h API
Rewrite EC point/bignum computation done in PKEX protocol using EC
point/bignum primitives already defined in crypto.h and couple of small
new helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 23:20:57 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
50708770f0 DPP: Use crypto_ec_key_parse_priv() when possible
Function crypto_ec_key_parse_priv() already parses ASN.1 ECPrivateKey so
use it when possible.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 22:49:44 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
e294a73d0c DPP: Use crypto_ec_key_parse_pub() in dpp_get_subject_public_key()
The extra validation steps through the OpenSSL X509 API are not really
necessary here and they most duplicate checks that happen implicitly
within d2i_PUBKEY() and the EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() checks in
crypto_ec_key_parse_pub().

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 20:44:17 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
9c1632908d DPP: Move dpp_set_pubkey_point_group() to crypto.h
Move code of dpp_set_pubkey_point_group() into crypto.h API. This
function initializes an EC public key using coordinates of the EC point
in binary format.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 19:50:54 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
e84b143e1a OpenSSL: Add Brainpool curves to crypto_ec_key_group()
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 18:07:16 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
c6f2103cac DPP: Replace dpp_get_pubkey_point() with crypto_ec_key_get_pubkey_point()
Move code of dpp_get_pubkey_point() to a crypto library specific
function crypto_ec_key_get_pubkey_point().

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 18:06:32 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
2d5772e691 DPP: Factorize conversion to ASN.1 ECPrivateKey
Add crypto_ec_key_get_ecprivate_key() function in crypto.h and use it
when possible in DPP code.

This function converts a struct crypto_ec_key into a DER encoded ASN.1
ECPrivateKey.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 17:08:39 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
63bf3d25ab OpenSSL: Mark crypto_ec_key_gen() key compressed
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 16:51:49 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
86cde01cbd DPP: Move dpp_gen_keypair() to crypto
Move code in dpp_gen_keypair() to function crypto_ec_key_gen() in
crypto.h.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 16:50:42 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
0517948d77 DPP: Replace EVP_PKEY by struct crypto_ec_key
To remove direct dependency to OpenSSL in DPP replace EVP_PKEY
by struct crypto_ec_key in all structures and function prototypes.

All direct calls to EVP_PKEY_free() are replaced by calls to
crypto_ec_key_deinit().

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 15:57:31 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
cd0c1d2561 OpenSSL: Use EVP_PKEY as struct crypto_ec_key
Remove definition of struct crypto_ec_key and directly cast struct
crypto_ec_key * to EVP_PKEY * (and vice versa).

Indeed EVP_PKEY already has a pointer to EC_KEY and removing this
intermediate structure allows smoother transition in removing direct
OpenSSL dependency in DPP.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 15:34:52 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
15275c53d8 Complete documentation in crypto.h
Add missing documentation for crypto_ecdh and crypt_ec_key functions.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-10-26 13:17:31 +03:00
Hu Wang
cb285e80c4 SAE: Fix sm->cur_pmksa assignment
Commit b0f457b619 ("SAE: Do not expire the current PMKSA cache entry")
depends on sm->cur_pmksa to determine if it is the current PMKSA cache
entry, but sm->cur_pmksa was not always correct for SAE in the current
implementation.

Set sm->cur_pmksa in wpa_sm_set_pmk() (which is used with SAE), and skip
clearing of sm->cur_pmksa for SAE in wpa_find_assoc_pmkid(). This latter
case was added by commit c2080e8657 ("Clear current PMKSA cache
selection on association/roam") for driver-based roaming indication and
Suite B, so skipping it for SAE should be fine.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-25 19:03:32 +03:00
Shiva Krishna Pittala
aa5c4f9322 Add QCA vendor attribute to configure priority of vendor scan
Add the attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SCAN_PRIORITY to configure the
priority of vendor scan relative to other scan requests. Add the valid
values that this attribute can take.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-25 12:56:32 +03:00
xinpeng wang
aca4d4963a Fix handling of complex configuration lines with mixed "" and #
The original code wants to remove # comments unless they are within a
double quoted string, but it doesn’t consider the "" after #, for
example in the following line: a=b #"a=c"

Signed-off-by: xinpeng wang <wangxinpeng@uniontech.com>
2021-10-22 17:47:29 +03:00
xinpeng wang
0ae677c7b4 eloop: Extend overflow check in eloop_register_timeout() to cover usec
Processing of usec could result in an additional +1 increment to sec and
that might overflow. Extend the previously used overflow check to cover
this special case as well.

Signed-off-by: xinpeng wang <wangxinpeng@uniontech.com>
2021-10-22 17:24:32 +03:00
David Bauer
979f197165 WNM: Allow specifying dialog token for BSS transition request
Adds the ability to specify the dialog token of a WNM BSS Transition
Management Request frame via the hostapd control interface.

For this, the new 'dialog_token' option can be used with the BSS_TM_REQ
command. It accepts values as an 8 bit unsigned integer. If not
specified, the dialog token is set to 1 like before.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2021-10-22 17:11:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e122945fa DPP2: Do not try to remove Controller TCP connection twice on error
These code paths on the Controller were calling dpp_connection_remove()
twice for the same connection in the error cases. That would result in
double-freeing of the memory, so fix this by remove the
dpp_connection_remove() call from the called function and instead,
remove the connection in dpp_controller_rx() error handling.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-19 00:32:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bac420e5e DPP2: Clean up Controller on hostapd interface removal
Stop the DPP Controller instance, if one is started, when the hostapd
interface that was used to start that Controller is removed. This is
needed to remove the control pointers that point to the soon-to-be-freed
hostapd structures. This fixes an issue where a Controller operation
with multiple interfaces could have resulted in references to freed
memory if an interface is removed without explicitly stopping the DPP
Controller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-19 00:32:02 +03:00
leiwei
d8b3d08159 macsec_qca: Support macsec secy id getting from driver
Use the new nss_macsec_secy_id_get() function, if available, instead of
the hardcoded ifname to secy_id mapping.

Signed-off-by: leiwei <leiwei@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-18 23:32:34 +03:00
David Bauer
08bdf4f90d proxyarp: Fix compilation with Hotspot 2.0 disabled
The disable_dgaf config field is only available in case hostapd is
compiled with Hotspot 2.0 support (CONFIG_HS20=y), however Proxy-ARP
(CONFIG_PROXYARP=y) does not depend on Hotspot 2.0.

Only add the code related to this config field when Hotspot 2.0 is
enabled to fix compilation with the aformentioned preconditions.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2021-10-18 21:24:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b0f457b619 SAE: Do not expire the current PMKSA cache entry
There is no convenient mechanism for reauthenticating and generating a
new PMK during an association with SAE. As such, forced PMK update would
mean having to disassociate and reauthenticate which is not really
desired especially when the default PMKLifetime is only 12 hours.

Postpone PMKSA cache entry expiration of the currently used entry with
SAE until the association is lost. In addition, do not try to force the
EAPOL state machine to perform reauthentication for SAE since that won't
work.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-18 21:20:52 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
4775a5f827 Add support to reconfigure or flush PMKSA cache on interface enable
Update PMKSA cache when interface is disabled and then enabled based on
the new MAC address. If the new MAC address is same as the previous MAC
address, the PMKSA cache entries are valid and hence update the PMKSA
cache entries to the driver. If the new MAC address is not same as the
previous MAC address, the PMKSA cache entries will not be valid anymore
and hence delete the PMKSA cache entries.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-15 19:23:14 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
6f634b0032 PMKSA: Make sure reauth time is not greater than expiration time
While creating a cloned PMKSA entry for OKC both expiration and
reauth_time values are set to maximum values, but later only the
expiration time is copied from the old PMKSA entry to the new PMKSA
entry. Due to this there is a possibility of reauth_time becoming
greater than expiration time in some cloned entries. To avoid this copy
reauth_time also to the cloned entry.

Also, add check to reject control interface commands with reauth time
greater than expiration time.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-15 19:16:37 +03:00
Masashi Honma
973f3e244f Fix hostapd segfault on WPS_CONFIG control interface command to non-WPS AP
Execution of "hostapd_cli wps_config" to non-WPS AP causes segmentation
fault in hostapd.

$ hostapd_cli wps_config test WPA2PSK CCMP 12341234

wlp11s0: interface state UNINITIALIZED->COUNTRY_UPDATE
wlp11s0: interface state COUNTRY_UPDATE->ENABLED
wlp11s0: AP-ENABLED
WPA_TRACE: eloop SIGSEGV - START
[1]: ./git/hostap/hostapd/hostapd(+0x6c196) [0x55b270245196]
     eloop_sigsegv_handler() ../src/utils/eloop.c:123
[2]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6(+0x46210) [0x7f87574a7210]
[3]: ./git/hostap/hostapd/hostapd(hostapd_wps_config_ap+0x1a9) [0x55b2702ce349]
     hostapd_wps_config_ap() ../src/ap/wps_hostapd.c:1970
[4]: ./git/hostap/hostapd/hostapd(+0x90a9f) [0x55b270269a9f]
     hostapd_ctrl_iface_receive_process() ctrl_iface.c:3606
[5]: ./git/hostap/hostapd/hostapd(+0x94069) [0x55b27026d069]
     hostapd_ctrl_iface_receive() ctrl_iface.c:4093
[6]: ./git/hostap/hostapd/hostapd(+0x6c6d3) [0x55b2702456d3]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:606
[7]: ./git/hostap/hostapd/hostapd(eloop_run+0x251) [0x55b2702461c1]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:597
     eloop_run() ../src/utils/eloop.c:1229
[8]: ./git/hostap/hostapd/hostapd(main+0xd53) [0x55b270205773]
     hostapd_global_run() main.c:447
     main() main.c:892
[9]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6(__libc_start_main+0xf3) [0x7f87574880b3]
[10]: ./git/hostap/hostapd/hostapd(_start+0x2e) [0x55b2702058fe]
     _start() (null):0
WPA_TRACE: eloop SIGSEGV - END
Aborted

Reported-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2021-10-14 16:37:49 +03:00
Gaurav Sharma
9ef8491d97 Add TWT attribute to configure TWT related parameters
Add QCA_WLAN_TWT_SET_PARAM TWT attribute to configure TWT related
parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-11 22:46:02 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
321dc403e1 Replace "dummy" with "stub" in crypto/random
Replace the word "dummy" with the inclusive word "stub".

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:57:06 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
95e140e20f Replace "dummy" with "stub" in NDIS driver interface
Replace the word "dummy" with the inclusive word "stub".

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:56:56 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
c53fa92251 Replace "dummy" with "stub" in EAP-TEAP testing
Replace the word "dummy" with the inclusive word "stub".

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:56:54 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
ed5e1b7223 Replace "dummy" with "stub" in comments/documentation
Replace the word "dummy" with the inclusive word "stub".

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:52:50 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
3955d2af73 Replace "dummy" with "stub" in wps_testing_dummy_cred
Replace the word "dummy" with the inclusive word "stub".

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:52:21 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
77dd712432 Replace "dummy" with "stub" in Authenticator group keys
Replace the word "dummy" with the inclusive word "stub".

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:52:06 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
fb1bae2a71 Replace "dummy" with "stub" in SAE
Replace the word "dummy" with the inclusive word "stub".

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:51:44 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
e69ea242af hostap: Remove unused driver enum values with "master" in them
Get rid of some more used of the word "master".

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:33:50 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
7b50f2f04c Replace "sanity" with "validity"
Replaced the word "sanity" with the inclusive word "validity". The
comment in acs_survey_interference_factor() was referring a function
that does not exist, so remove it instead of trying rename the function.

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-10-11 20:25:21 +03:00
Hu Wang
bcaa1ea084 HE: Disable HE in hostapd_set_freq_params() if driver does not support
Existing logic to disable HE in hostapd_set_freq_params() is to check
he_cap != NULL, but this is not correct as he_cap is defined as a stack
member of hostapd_hw_modes which can't be NULL. Add one more check
!he_cap->he_supported to make sure HE can be disabled if the driver not
support it.

This fixes a case where a driver does not support HE, but hostapd.conf
enables HE/HT40 on the 2.4 GHz band and hostapd failed to start with
error '40 MHz channel width is not supported in 2.4 GHz'.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-07 23:43:16 +03:00
Shiva Krishna Pittala
fe1d743a13 Add QCA vendor attributes to indicate 320 MHz spectral scan capabilities
Add a QCA vendor attribute to indicate agile spectral scan support for
320 MHz mode. Add another attribute to indicate the number of detectors
used for spectral scan in 320 MHz mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-07 23:40:24 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
9cf4bb0ef0 Vendor command to configure/trigger the roam events
Introduce a new vendor command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ROAM_EVENTS
that aims to configure/trigger the roam events from the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-05 16:06:04 +03:00
Gaurav Sharma
dd3a2960aa Add TWT vendor attribute to configure announce timeout value
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_SETUP_ANNOUNCE_TIMEOUT attribute to
configure announce timeout value for announce TWT session.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-10-04 23:53:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
afa0b9b6c5 P2P: Make p2p_check_pref_chan_no_recv() easier for static analyzers
Add an explicit check for msg->channel_list != NULL instead of depending
on msg->channel_list_len > 0 implying that. This is to silence invalid
static analyzer reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-30 18:27:37 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
a4aae9f9b8 DSCP: Indicate DSCP Policy support in (Re)Association Request frame
Indicate DSCP Policy capability by including a WFA Capabilities element
containing the relevant bit set to 1 in the (Re)Association Request
frames when enabled by user.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-29 17:09:01 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
2033e318e6 DSCP: Parsing and processing of DSCP Policy Request frames
Add support to parse received DSCP Policy Request frames and send the
request details as control interface events.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-29 00:20:42 +03:00
Hu Wang
41ec97cd09 HE: Use a random BSS Color if not defined in the config file
Commit 0cb39f4fd5 ("HE: Extend BSS color support") sets the BSS Color
default value to 1 as "Interoperability testing showed that stations
will require a BSS color to be set even if the feature is disabled."

A new interop issue was observed with hardcoded BSS color value of 1:
- REF device using one interface (e.g., wlan0) to connect to an HE
  AP, whose BSS color is enabled and value is 1.
- REF device using another interface (e.g., p2p0) to connect to a
  P2P GO using BSS color default settings.
  (i.e., BSS color disabled and value is 1).
- REF device checks both AP's and P2P GO's BSS Color values even though
  GO's BSS color is disabled. This causes collision of the BSS
  color somehow causing RX problems.

For DUT as a P2P GO, its firmware uses default BSS color value 1 from
wpa_supplicant, then triggers a timer (e.g., 120 s) to update its BSS
color values based on its neighboring BSSes. To reduce the likelihood of
BSS color collision with REF device before that, use a random BSS Color
if not defined in the config file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-28 11:04:08 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
1518638b70 QCA vendor command to configure the parameters for monitor mode
This new vendor command aims to indicate the driver to enable the
monitor mode for an interface on which this command is issued. Once
enabled, the frames (both TX and RX) on this interface are sent to an
active coexisting monitor interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-24 18:30:55 +03:00
Vikram Kandukuri
8f7b2c898d Add attributes to support MBSSID multi groups notifications
Add new attributes for supporting MBSSID multi groups notifications
to qca_wlan_vendor_attr_mbssid_tx_vdev_status
(QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_MBSSID_TX_VDEV_STATUS).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-20 12:03:42 +03:00
Aleti Nageshwar Reddy
a75fdcdcd1 Extend the roam reason codes in QCA vendor attribute
Add new reason codes to the existing enum qca_roam_reason.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-09 18:43:53 +03:00
Aleti Nageshwar Reddy
9ff0c8af5c Correct the documentation in enum qca_roam_reason
QCA_ROAM_REASON_USER_TRIGGER was wrongly documented as
QCA_ROAM_REASON_EXPLICIT_REQUEST, so correct it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-09 18:38:56 +03:00
Hu Wang
ce267f4da9 P2P: DFS offload for the autonomous GO
Enhance the P2P_GROUP_ADD command to support DFS channel with 80 and 160
MHz bandwidth to be used for autonomous GO when using offloaded DFS.

For example, 'P2P_GROUP_ADD freq=5500 max_oper_chwidth=80 ht40 vht'

- Previous behavior: AP fallback to channel 100 using 20 MHz with
  "No VHT higher bandwidth support for the selected channel 100"
- Enhanced behavior: AP starts on channel 100 using 80 MHz with
  "VHT center channel 106 for 80 or 80+80 MHz bandwidth"

This functionality is on top of the driver's capability to offload DFS,
which is advertized through WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DFS_OFFLOAD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-07 17:40:25 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
6ba665c5c3 Reserve QCA vendor sub command id 201
This is reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-03 21:46:15 +03:00
Aleti Nageshwar Reddy
51d73d9914 Add QCA vendor interface to configure background scan parameters
Add QCA vendor interface support for configuring background scan related
parameters to the driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-03 16:36:30 +03:00
Ben Wang
61c0757618 EDMG: Validate pri channel lookup result before using it
At least in theory, hw_get_channel_freq() could return NULL, so add
error handling for that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-02 18:45:09 +03:00
Hu Wang
a95144cf34 Add frequency to operating class determination for 5 GHz channel 144
Commit 45c3e72952 ("Add frequency to operating class determination
for 5 GHz 100..140") extends ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() with
knowledge of the operating classes for the 5 GHz channels 100..140.

Per "Table E-4 - Global operating classes" in IEEE Std 802.11-2020, 5
GHz channel 144 also maps to same operating classes, so update hostapd
code to reflect the change.

This issue is found when OCV enabled and 4-way-handshake failed due
to client OCI includes op_class 0 for channel 144. This showed
up in following manner in the debug log:

WPA: OCI KDE in EAPOL-Key - hexdump(len=9): dd 07 00 0f ac 0d 00 90 00
Error interpreting OCI: unrecognized opclass/channel pair (0/144)

Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-02 18:43:10 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
e5173e8b12 P2P: Enable multiple channel widths for P2P in 6 GHz band
Enable support for P2P connection in 6 GHz with the channel width of 40
MHz, 80 MHz, and 160 MHz. The flag max_oper_chwidth is used to configure
the maximum channel width for P2P connection in 6 GHz with the commands
P2P_CONNECT, P2P_INVITE, and P2P_GROUP_ADD.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-02 18:41:12 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
f725254cc1 P2P: Enhance determination of secondary offset to support 6 GHz channels
Current definition of wpas_p2p_get_ht40_mode() determines secondary
offset in the 5 GHz band. Enhance the functionality of this function to
determine offset to support 6 GHz channels also.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-02 18:19:33 +03:00
Nirav Shah
f184337605 Add TWT attribute to send Responder PM Mode value to userspace
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_SETUP_RESPONDER_PM_MODE
TWT attribute to send Responder PM Mode value to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-01 23:56:00 +03:00
Yu Ouyang
11a3427757 Add time slice duty cycle attribute into QCA vendor command
Add a new attribute into qca_wlan_vendor_attr_ll_stats_results to
support getting interface time slicing duty cycle info.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-09-01 20:50:20 +03:00
Aditya Kodukula
d408e3d19a Update QCA mDNS Offload vendor command
Update kernel documentation of mDNS offload vendor command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-08-31 22:55:08 +03:00
David Bauer
2341585c34 ACS: Fix channel 100 frequency
Channel 100 is a valid channel to choose for 80 MHz operation. However,
it was converted to 5500 MHz, not 5550 MHz, for the 80 MHz case while
the conversion to other bandwidths was done correctly. In fact, there is
no channel assigned to this frequency 5550 MHz.

Fix this obvious typo to allow ACS to select channel 100 for 80 MHz
operation again.

Fixes: bef5eee4f7 ("Convert channel to frequency based selection for AP mode ACS")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2021-08-26 16:10:26 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
ed369613f4 P2P: Align p2p_buf_add_pref_channel_list() prototype with definition
Align the p2p_buf_add_pref_channel_list() prototype and definition in
p2p_build.c and p2p_i.h. Use unsigned int over u32 as it is actully
called with an unsigned int parameter.

This removes compilation warning on platform where u32 != unsigned int.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-08-26 16:04:58 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
75a6d44a4a hostapd: Allow HT40 on 5 GHz channels 173 and 177
IEEE Std 802.11ax-2021 added channel 177 into global operating class 125
and consequently channel 173 in global operating class 126 (HT40+) and
channel 177 in global operating class 127 (HT40-).

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-08-26 16:01:13 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
7dd2e23696 hostapd: Always allow HE AP with a 20 MHz channel width
Skip the test of HE PHY capability bit "Support for a 40 MHz and 80 MHz
channel width" when starting an AP with a 20 MHz channel on the 5 GHz
band.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2021-08-26 15:58:10 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
a58f7e61c1 Add QCA vendor interface to configure allowed bands for roaming
Add a QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver/firmware the allowed
bands for roaming by userpace. This attribute is also used to get the
configured roam bands from the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-08-26 15:27:51 +03:00
Cy Schubert
362d9a49d4 utils: FreeBSD supports fdatasync(2)
FreeBSD supports fdatasync(2). Enable it in os_unix.c.

Signed-off-by: Cy Schubert <cy@FreeBSD.org>
2021-08-25 16:20:17 +03:00
Ajay Singh
9bd9434108 nl80211: Fix send_mlme to use monitor interface only for AP interface
Use monitor interface to send_mlme only when the interface is configured
in AP mode. In multiple interface setup, one interface can be configured
in AP mode using monitor interface and another interface in station
mode. The station interface may also require sending the management
frames without using monitor interface, e.g., support external SAE
authentication to send Authentication frames without monitor interface.
This change allows sending management frames to the driver for a station
interface where the AP interface uses monitor interface.

Additionally, the monitor interface is only valid for AP mode
(nl80211_create_monitor_interface() is called in nl80211_setup_ap) so
interface type check ensures to use monitor interface only when required
by the specific interface.

Signed-off-by: Ajay Singh <ajay.kathat@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Reen <peter.reen@microchip.com>
2021-08-25 16:20:17 +03:00
Shay Bar
f02ac5140c HE: Option to disable HE ER SU in HE operation in AP mode
Add option to disable 242-tone HE ER SU PPDU reception by the AP
in HE operation IE.

Signed-off-by: Shay Bar <shay.bar@celeno.com>
2021-08-25 12:45:14 +03:00
Gokul Sivakumar
63f043f4fd Generalize the function name as it is not dealing with only TX & RX params
For the function hostapd_get_sta_tx_rx(), the name
hostapd_get_sta_info() is more appropriate as it is also responsible for
getting many other STA specific params like RSSI, inactive milliseconds
along with TX and RX bytes.

Signed-off-by: Gokul Sivakumar <gokulkumar792@gmail.com>
2021-08-25 12:27:17 +03:00
Gokul Sivakumar
3cdc6d381a mesh: Show peer connected time in the wpa_cli STA cmd output for Mesh mode
When a Mesh interface is managed by wpa_supplicant, include the peer
link connected time (secs) in the output of "sta <addr>", "all_sta"
wpa_cli cmds for each peer. This will be helpful to find when the peer
link connection got established. The NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME
netlink attribute data is used for this purpose if available.

$ wpa_cli -i mesh0 all_sta
02:00:00:00:02:00
flags=[ASSOC][WMM][HT]
aid=1
capability=0x0
listen_interval=0
supported_rates=82 84 8b 96 8c 12 98 24 b0 48 60 6c
timeout_next=NULLFUNC POLL
rx_packets=77
tx_packets=3
rx_bytes=8510
tx_bytes=284
inactive_msec=104
signal=-30
rx_rate_info=65 mcs 0
tx_rate_info=65 mcs 0
ht_mcs_bitmask=ffff0000000000000000
connected_time=24
ht_caps_info=0x103c

The connected_time field in the output of "hostapd_cli -i ap0 all_sta"
cmd is not affected and it will continue to show the connected time
maintained by hostapd for each STA.

Signed-off-by: Gokul Sivakumar <gokulkumar792@gmail.com>
2021-08-25 12:26:25 +03:00
Masashi Honma
eddcd27534 Fix some compiler warnings on 32 bit platform
../src/ap/ieee802_11.c: In function ‘pasn_wd_handle_sae_commit’:
../src/ap/ieee802_11.c:2401:60: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 3 has type ‘size_t’ {aka ‘unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
   wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "PASN: SAE buffer too short. len=%lu",
                                                          ~~^
                                                          %u
       buf_len);
       ~~~~~~~
../src/ap/ieee802_11.c: In function ‘pasn_wd_handle_sae_confirm’:
../src/ap/ieee802_11.c:2477:60: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 3 has type ‘size_t’ {aka ‘unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
   wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "PASN: SAE buffer too short. len=%lu",
                                                          ~~^
                                                          %u
       buf_len);
       ~~~~~~~
../src/ap/ieee802_11.c: In function ‘pasn_wd_handle_fils’:
../src/ap/ieee802_11.c:2707:62: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 3 has type ‘size_t’ {aka ‘unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
   wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "PASN: FILS: Buffer too short. len=%lu",
                                                            ~~^
                                                            %u
       buf_len);
       ~~~~~~~

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2021-08-25 12:03:02 +03:00
Masashi Honma
4c80937c7f nl80211: Reduce the number of nlctrl name resolution calls
The number of nlctrl name resolution calls required to connect to a
WPA2-PSK AP is 12. And each nlctrl name resolution call spends 55 micro
seconds on a lower spec CPU like Intel Atom N270. Reduce the number of
nctrl name resolution calls from 12 to 1 by caching the results of nctrl
name resolution calls on int size memory to speed up the connection
process a little bit.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2021-08-25 12:01:06 +03:00
Wolfgang Steinwender
cce33c7e7a openssl: Support private_key blob in PEM encoded PKCS#8 format
Try to parse the private_key blob as private key in PEM format encoded
PKCS#8. PEM format is already supported for private_key file and is now
also supported for private_key blob.

Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Steinwender <wsteinwender@pcs.com>
2021-08-19 17:40:58 +03:00
Andrew Beltrano
0030590fb3 Generate an event when a network is added or removed
Generate an event on the control socket interface when a network is
added or removed. The event name CTRL-EVENT-NETWORK-<ADDED|REMOVED>
is followed by the network entry identifier. The event matches the
corresponding Network<Added|Removed> signal on the d-bus interface.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Beltrano <anbeltra@microsoft.com>
2021-08-19 17:21:06 +03:00
Michael Braun
99c1789ab1 PASN: Fix ASAN error in ptksa_cache_add()
==19798==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: heap-use-after-free on address 0x6110000663f8 at pc 0x55a2c485a232 bp 0x7ffeb42dcaf0 sp 0x7ffeb42dcae0
READ of size 8 at 0x6110000663f8 thread T0
Connect STA wlan0 to AP
    #0 0x55a2c485a231 in ptksa_cache_add ../src/common/ptksa_cache.c:310
    #1 0x55a2c4398045 in hostapd_store_ptksa ../src/ap/wpa_auth_glue.c:943
    #2 0x55a2c4430980 in wpa_auth_store_ptksa ../src/ap/wpa_auth.c:232
    #3 0x55a2c44578e1 in sm_WPA_PTK_PTKINITDONE_Enter ../src/ap/wpa_auth.c:3650
    #4 0x55a2c44578e1 in sm_WPA_PTK_Step ../src/ap/wpa_auth.c:3798
    #5 0x55a2c44578e1 in wpa_sm_step ../src/ap/wpa_auth.c:4437
    #6 0x55a2c445d99d in wpa_receive ../src/ap/wpa_auth.c:1411
    #7 0x55a2c43e7747 in ieee802_1x_receive ../src/ap/ieee802_1x.c:1118
    #8 0x55a2c43bbf73 in hostapd_event_eapol_rx ../src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:1542
    #9 0x55a2c43bbf73 in wpa_supplicant_event ../src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:1932
    #10 0x55a2c466cb2d in drv_event_eapol_rx ../src/drivers/driver.h:6074
    #11 0x55a2c466cb2d in nl80211_control_port_frame ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2822
    #12 0x55a2c466cb2d in process_bss_event ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:3194
    #13 0x7feed9e90b9b in nl_cb_call ./include/netlink-private/netlink.h:145
    #14 0x7feed9e90b9b in recvmsgs ./lib/nl.c:1006
    #15 0x7feed9e90b9b in nl_recvmsgs_report ./lib/nl.c:1057
    #16 0x7feed9e91058 in nl_recvmsgs ./lib/nl.c:1081
    #17 0x55a2c45f2e8c in wpa_driver_nl80211_event_receive ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:1782
    #18 0x55a2c44b9afa in eloop_sock_table_dispatch ../src/utils/eloop.c:603
    #19 0x55a2c44be122 in eloop_run ../src/utils/eloop.c:1228
    #20 0x55a2c43360bf in hostapd_global_run /home/mbr/hostapd/hostapd/main.c:451
    #21 0x55a2c43360bf in main /home/mbr/hostapd/hostapd/main.c:898
    #22 0x7feed8ce20b2 in __libc_start_main (/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6+0x270b2)
    #23 0x55a2c432f3fd in _start (/home/mbr/hostapd/hostapd/hostapd+0x9f23fd)

0x6110000663f8 is located 184 bytes inside of 216-byte region [0x611000066340,0x611000066418)
freed by thread T0 here:
    #0 0x7feeda1477cf in __interceptor_free (/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libasan.so.5+0x10d7cf)
    #1 0x55a2c44ce56b in os_free ../src/utils/os_unix.c:773
    #2 0x55a2c451a986 in radius_msg_free ../src/radius/radius.c:137
    #3 0x55a2c4527104 in radius_client_msg_free ../src/radius/radius_client.c:261
    #4 0x55a2c452f53c in radius_client_list_add ../src/radius/radius_client.c:715
    #5 0x55a2c452f53c in radius_client_send ../src/radius/radius_client.c:807
    #6 0x55a2c453b24c in accounting_sta_report ../src/ap/accounting.c:352
    #7 0x55a2c453d6e9 in accounting_sta_stop ../src/ap/accounting.c:384
    #8 0x55a2c44190fd in ap_free_sta ../src/ap/sta_info.c:194
    #9 0x55a2c4934530 in handle_deauth ../src/ap/ieee802_11.c:6035
    #10 0x55a2c4934530 in ieee802_11_mgmt ../src/ap/ieee802_11.c:6399
    #11 0x55a2c43bf114 in hostapd_mgmt_rx ../src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:1468
    #12 0x55a2c43bf114 in wpa_supplicant_event ../src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:1912
    #13 0x55a2c465faf7 in mlme_event_mgmt ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:823
    #14 0x55a2c4661774 in mlme_event ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:1135
    #15 0x55a2c466c43b in process_bss_event ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:3177
    #16 0x7feed9e90b9b in nl_cb_call ./include/netlink-private/netlink.h:145
    #17 0x7feed9e90b9b in recvmsgs ./lib/nl.c:1006
    #18 0x7feed9e90b9b in nl_recvmsgs_report ./lib/nl.c:1057

previously allocated by thread T0 here:
    #0 0x7feeda147bc8 in malloc (/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libasan.so.5+0x10dbc8)
    #1 0x55a2c44cd387 in os_malloc ../src/utils/os_unix.c:715
    #2 0x55a2c44ceb7f in os_zalloc ../src/utils/os_unix.c:779
    #3 0x55a2c451a9f2 in radius_msg_new ../src/radius/radius.c:109
    #4 0x55a2c4539a6e in accounting_msg ../src/ap/accounting.c:46
    #5 0x55a2c453be15 in accounting_report_state ../src/ap/accounting.c:439
    #6 0x55a2c453d91d in accounting_init ../src/ap/accounting.c:534
    #7 0x55a2c4378952 in hostapd_setup_bss ../src/ap/hostapd.c:1333
    #8 0x55a2c4382530 in hostapd_setup_interface_complete_sync ../src/ap/hostapd.c:2094
    #9 0x55a2c4382815 in hostapd_setup_interface_complete ../src/ap/hostapd.c:2229
    #10 0x55a2c4384100 in setup_interface2 ../src/ap/hostapd.c:1726
    #11 0x55a2c4386b58 in setup_interface ../src/ap/hostapd.c:1628
    #12 0x55a2c4386b58 in hostapd_setup_interface ../src/ap/hostapd.c:2318
    #13 0x55a2c4387a57 in hostapd_enable_iface ../src/ap/hostapd.c:2730
    #14 0x55a2c455d723 in hostapd_ctrl_iface_enable /home/mbr/hostapd/hostapd/ctrl_iface.c:1606
    #15 0x55a2c455d723 in hostapd_ctrl_iface_receive_process /home/mbr/hostapd/hostapd/ctrl_iface.c:3607
    #16 0x55a2c456821e in hostapd_ctrl_iface_receive /home/mbr/hostapd/hostapd/ctrl_iface.c:4018
    #17 0x55a2c44b9afa in eloop_sock_table_dispatch ../src/utils/eloop.c:603
    #18 0x55a2c44be122 in eloop_run ../src/utils/eloop.c:1228
    #19 0x55a2c43360bf in hostapd_global_run /home/mbr/hostapd/hostapd/main.c:451
    #20 0x55a2c43360bf in main /home/mbr/hostapd/hostapd/main.c:898
    #21 0x7feed8ce20b2 in __libc_start_main (/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6+0x270b2)

SUMMARY: AddressSanitizer: heap-use-after-free ../src/common/ptksa_cache.c:310 in ptksa_cache_add
Shadow bytes around the buggy address:
  0x0c2280004c20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
  0x0c2280004c30: 00 00 fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa
  0x0c2280004c40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
  0x0c2280004c50: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 fa fa fa fa fa fa fa
  0x0c2280004c60: fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd
=>0x0c2280004c70: fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd[fd]
  0x0c2280004c80: fd fd fd fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa
  0x0c2280004c90: fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd
  0x0c2280004ca0: fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fa fa fa fa
  0x0c2280004cb0: fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd
  0x0c2280004cc0: fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd fd
Shadow byte legend (one shadow byte represents 8 application bytes):
  Addressable:           00
  Partially addressable: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
  Heap left redzone:       fa
  Freed heap region:       fd
  Stack left redzone:      f1
  Stack mid redzone:       f2
  Stack right redzone:     f3
  Stack after return:      f5
  Stack use after scope:   f8
  Global redzone:          f9
  Global init order:       f6
  Poisoned by user:        f7
  Container overflow:      fc
  Array cookie:            ac
  Intra object redzone:    bb
  ASan internal:           fe
  Left alloca redzone:     ca
  Right alloca redzone:    cb
  Shadow gap:              cc
==19798==ABORTING

Fixes: a4e3691616 ("WPA: Add PTKSA cache implementation")
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2021-08-19 16:51:20 +03:00
Davide Caratti
e2e9adc3d9 openssl: Disable padding after initializing the cipher suite
according to OpenSSL documentation [1], EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_padding()
should be called after EVP_EncryptInit_ex(), EVP_DecryptInit_ex(), or
EVP_CipherInit_ex(). Not doing this causes EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_padding()
to return false on OpenSSL-3.0.0, resulting in the impossibility to
connect in many scenarios. Fix this changing the order of function calls
where needed.

[1] https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.1/man3/EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_padding.html

Reported-by: Vladimir Benes <vbenes@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2021-08-19 12:13:17 +03:00
Davide Caratti
d265dd2d96 openssl: Remove deprecated functions from des_encrypt()
NetworkManager-CI detected systematic failures on test scenarios using
MSCHAPv2 when wpa_supplicant uses OpenSSL-3.0.0.
The 'test_module_tests.py' script also fails, and the following log is
shown:

 1627404013.761569: generate_nt_response failed
 1627404013.761582: ms_funcs: 1 error

It seems that either DES_set_key() or DES_ecb_encrypt() changed their
semantic, but it doesn't make sense to fix them since their use has been
deprecated. Converting des_encrypt() to avoid use of deprecated
functions proved to fix the problem, and removed a couple of build
warnings at the same time.

Reported-by: Vladimir Benes <vbenes@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2021-08-19 12:10:33 +03:00
Arowa Suliman
46b60299a4 wpa_supplicant: src: Replace Sane with Valid.
Replace the word Sane with Valid which is inclusive.

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
2021-08-19 11:34:45 +03:00
Joshua Emele
12388313a0 RADIUS client: Fix void-pointer-to-enum-cast warning
Found using x86_64-cros-linux-gnu-clang (Chromium OS
12.0_pre416183_p20210305-r3 clang version 12.0.0):

radius_client.c:818:24: warning: cast to smaller integer ...
        RadiusType msg_type = (RadiusType) sock_ctx;

Signed-off-by: Joshua Emele <jemele@chromium.org>
2021-08-19 11:19:37 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
025f8ab52e SCS: Processing of SCS Response frames
Add support to receive and process SCS Response frames from the AP and
indicate the status to upper layers.

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2021-08-12 18:28:07 +03:00
Hu Wang
445dbe2cdb P2P: Do not stop Listen state if it is moving to correct channel
Commit 0b8889d8e5 ("P2P: Do not stop Listen state if it is on
correct channel") added a optimization to use Listen state's
remain-on-channel to send out GO Negotiation response frame quickly.

But in Listen state, if GO Negotiation request frame is received before
the remain-on-channel started event from the driver, the above
optimization is not triggered. This showed up in following manner in the
debug log:

p2p0: Starting radio work 'p2p-listen'@0xb4000070ae22d420 after 0.000114 second wait
nl80211: Remain-on-channel cookie 0x100 for freq=2412 MHz duration=204
P2P: Received GO Negotiation Request from 6e:fa:a7:86:e5:e5(freq=2412)
P2P: GO Negotiation with 6e:fa:a7:86:e5:e5
P2P: Stopping find
P2P: Clear timeout (state=WAIT_PEER_CONNECT)
P2P: State WAIT_PEER_CONNECT -> IDLE
nl80211: Cancel remain-on-channel with cookie 0x100
p2p0: Radio work 'p2p-listen'@0xb4000070ae22d420 done in 0.074348 seconds
p2p0: radio_work_free('p2p-listen'@0xb4000070ae22d420): num_active_works --> 0
P2P: State IDLE -> GO_NEG
P2P: Sending GO Negotiation Response
Off-channel: Send action frame: freq=2412 dst=6e:fa:a7:86:e5:e5 src=da:3c:83:7d:70:2b bssid=da:3c:83:7d:70:2b len=196
nl80211: Remain-on-channel event (cancel=0 freq=2412 channel_type=0 duration=400 cookie=0x100 (match))
nl80211: Remain-on-channel event (cancel=1 freq=2412 channel_type=0 duration=0 cookie=0x100 (match))
P2P: GO Negotiation Response (failure) TX callback: success=0

Fix this by adding p2p->pending_listen_freq == freq condition for the
optimization so that the case where the remain-on-channel command has
already been issued to the driver, but the start event has not yet been
received, is covered as well.

Fixes: 0b8889d8e5 ("P2P: Do not stop Listen state if it is on correct channel")
Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2021-08-12 17:52:28 +03:00
Aleti Nageshwar Reddy
e99aaf7064 Add QCA vendor attribute for TWT termination due to power save exit
Add QCA new status vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_TWT_STATUS_POWER_SAVE_EXIT_TERMINATE
to indicate the TWT session termination due to power save
exit request from userspace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-08-12 17:38:20 +03:00
Shiva Krishna Pittala
a147951eec Add QCA vendor attribute indicating the spectral scan bandwidth
Add the following vendor attribute to indicate the bandwidth to be used
for spectral scan operation:
- QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SPECTRAL_SCAN_CONFIG_BANDWIDTH

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-08-12 17:23:39 +03:00
Aleti Nageshwar Reddy
51f89565fc Add QCA vendor interface to fetch thermal statistics from the driver
Enhance QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_THERMAL_CMD to fetch thermal
statistics for different temperature levels from the driver to
userspace. The statistics will be stored in the driver/firmware for
predefined temperature levels and will be reported to userspace when
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_THERMAL_CMD is sent with the command type
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_THERMAL_CMD_TYPE_GET_THERMAL_STATS.

The thermal statistics can be cleared from userspace by sending a
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_THERMAL_CMD command with the type
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_THERMAL_CMD_TYPE_CLEAR_THERMAL_STATS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-08-12 17:14:54 +03:00
Aditya Kodukula
dfabf1e5cb QCA vendor command for mDNS offload
Define a new vendor command for enabling/disabling mDNS offload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-29 20:07:52 +03:00
Disha Das
1071f75395 DPP2: Fix channel 6 inclusion for chirping with non-2 GHz interfaces
When the driver provides a list of supported modes, hostapd ended up
adding channel 6 even if the 2.4 GHz mode was not included. This
resulted in incorrect behavior of trying to transmit on a not supported
channel in case of 5 GHz only radios.

Fix this by adding the channel 6 by default only if the driver does not
provide a list of supported modes. Whenever the supported modes are
available, only add this channel if it is explicitly listed as an
enabled channel.

This is similar to an earlier wpa_supplicant change in commit
8e5739c3ac ("DPP2: Check channel 6 validity before adding it to chirp
channel list").

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-29 20:07:52 +03:00
Utkarsh Bhatnagar
84b3de8095 TDLS: Support TDLS operations in HE mode for 6 GHz
Determine if the TDLS peer supports TDLS in 6 GHz band based on the HE 6
GHz Band Capabilities element received in the TDLS Setup Response frame.
Indicate the peer's HE 6 GHz capabilities to the driver through
sta_add().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-29 20:07:25 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
1990ee7eee QCA vendor attributes to configure BTWT and Rx control frame to MultiBSS
Add QCA vendor attributes to configure the driver to enable/disable the
Broadcast TWT support and Rx Control Frame To MultiBSS support in HE
capabilities information field. This attribute is used for testing
purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-28 12:51:15 +03:00
Nirav Shah
f5f2985a2d Update TWT attribute to send TSF value in TWT setup command
Update QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_SETUP_WAKE_TIME_TSF
TWT attribute to use it in TWT setup command to pass TSF value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-27 00:38:57 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
b4f7506ff0 FILS: Flush external-PMKSA when connection fails without ERP keys
External applications can store PMKSA entries persistently and
reconfigure them to wpa_supplicant after restart. This can result in
wpa_supplicant having a PMKSA for FILS authentication without having
matching ERP keys for it which would prevent the previously added
mechanism for dropping FILS PMKSA entries to recover from rejected
association attempts.

Fix this by clearing PMKSA entries configured by external applications
upon FILS connection failure even when ERP keys are not available.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-14 21:35:24 +03:00
Jia Ding
9557ba336b AP: Don't increment auth_transaction upon SAE authentication failure
IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 12.4.7.6 specifies:

An SAE Commit message with a status code not equal to SUCCESS shall
indicate that a peer rejects a previously sent SAE Commit message.

An SAE Confirm message, with a status code not equal to SUCCESS, shall
indicate that a peer rejects a previously sent SAE Confirm message.

Thus when SAE authentication failure happens, authentication transaction
sequence number should not be incremented.

Signed-off-by: Jia Ding <jiad@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-14 18:18:47 +03:00
Jia Ding
84f6492eac Extend QCA vendor command for TSF to enable and disable auto report
Add TSF cmd to enable and disable automatic TSF report from the target
to the host.

Signed-off-by: Jia Ding <jiad@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-14 18:18:37 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
7ef4200588 QCA vendor attribute to configure BSS max idle support
Add new QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver to enable/disable
the BSS max idle period support. This attribute is used for testing
purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-13 23:52:18 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
ef83e0f90f QCA vendor attribute to use BSSID in Probe Request frame RA
Add a QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver to use scan
request BSSID value in Probe Request frame RA(A1) for scan.
This attribute is used for testing purpose.

The driver saves this configuration and applies this setting to all user
space scan requests until the setting is cleared. If this configuration
is set, the driver uses the BSSID value from the scan request to set the
RA(A1) in the Probe Request frames during the scan, else the broadcast
address is set in the Probe Request frames RA(A1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-13 23:51:28 +03:00
Jia Ding
e2ff06c914 Add channel load percentage attribute into QCA vendor command
Add channel load percentage attribute in enum ll_stats_results.

Signed-off-by: Jia Ding <jiad@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-13 23:45:40 +03:00
Jia Ding
ac6a0293d8 Add uplink delay attribute in QCA vendor command get_sta_info responses
Add uplink delay attribute in responses of
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_STA_INFO vendor command.

Signed-off-by: Jia Ding <jiad@codeaurora.org>
2021-07-13 23:43:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
84f8947735 PTKSA: Fix a potential hostapd memory leak during reconfiguration
Some of the reconfiguration cases (e.g., with WPS reconfiguration
enabling WPA/WPA2) might end up calling hostapd_setup_wpa() twice
without calling hostapd_deinit_wpa() in the middle. This would have
resulted in a memory leak since the PTKSA cache was being reinitialized
without freeing previous memory allocation.

Fix this by making PTKSA cachine initialization independent of
hapd->wpa_auth so that reinitialization does not happen in a manner that
would have overridden the old hapd->ptksa pointer without freeing the
referenced resources.

Fixes: f2f8e4f458 ("Add PTKSA cache to hostapd")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-25 00:20:02 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
311091eb43 P2P: Use SAE+PMF for P2P connection in 6 GHz
Use WPA3-Personal (SAE+PMF) for P2P connections in the 6 GHz band to
enable the Wi-Fi Display use case on the 6 GHz band without having to
use WPA2-Personal (PSK) on that new band.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-14 20:24:37 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
f0cdacacb3 P2P: Allow connection on 6 GHz channels if requested
Previously, 6 GHz channels were disabled for P2P operations. Use the new
allow_6ghz parameter with P2P_CONNECT, P2P_GROUP_ADD, and P2P_INVITE
commands for P2P connection on the 6 GHz channels when Wi-Fi Display is
enabled on both the devices.

However, the p2p_6ghz_disable parameter in the configuration takes a
higher precedence.

Indicate P2P 6 GHz band capable information in Device Capability Bitmap
of P2P Capability attribute to indicate the P2P Device is capable of P2P
operation in the 6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-14 20:24:37 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
f7d4f1cbec P2P: Add a mechanism for allowing 6 GHz channels in channel lists
Introduce a new allow_6ghz parameter to allow 6 GHz channels to be
filtered out when copying channel lists.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-14 20:24:37 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
6423c23e3d P2P: Allow 6 GHz channels to be included in the P2P_FIND operation
Previously, the 6 GHz channels were disabled for P2P operations.
Introduce a new include_6ghz parameter for the P2P_FIND command to
configure P2P discovery on the 6 GHz channels.

However, the p2p_6ghz_disable parameter in the configuration takes a
higher priority. If the p2p_6ghz_disable parameter is not set in the
configuration, include_6ghz parameter can be used to enable or disable
the discovery operation in the 6 GHz channels for the P2P_FIND command.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-14 20:24:37 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
a06c7d50f9 P2P: Helper functions to check for WFD capability of a P2P device
P2P operation on the 6 GHz band is supported in the WFD use case.
Introduce helper functions to check for Wi-Fi Display capability of
the local device and a peer device.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-14 20:24:37 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
eaf850867b P2P: Extend channel determination/validation to 6 GHz channels
Extend the previously 5 GHz specific 80 and 160 MHz channels helper
functions to support 6 GHz channels.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-10 23:43:03 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
9b50746f50 P2P: Introduce 6 GHz band capability bit in P2P Device Capability
Introduce P2P 6 GHz band capable information in Device Capability
Bitmap of P2P Capability sub-attribute.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-10 23:08:22 +03:00
Hu Wang
09fb9b0cb0 DFS offload: Use hostapd_is_dfs_required() to check if DFS required
hostapd_handle_dfs_offload() is the DFS handler for the offloaded case,
in which ieee80211_is_dfs() is used to check if the configured frequency
requires DFS or not.

When the configured channel width is not 20 (e.g., 160),
ieee80211_is_dfs() will not checked adjacent freqs, so it possibly makes
wrong conclusion for whether DFS is required.

hostapd_is_dfs_required() does similar thing with ieee80211_is_dfs()
except it supports checking whether the configured frequency and its
adjacent frequencies require DFS. So hostapd_is_dfs_required() is a more
robust and better option than ieee80211_is_dfs() to check DFS.

The issue is hostapd_is_dfs_required() is for non-offload case due to
the check of the configuration parameter ieee80211h. Add a check for
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DFS_OFFLOAD to make it support the DFS offload case
(i.e., ieee80211h=0) as well.

For example, configuring the AP to start at freq=5240 with channel width
160:
- Existing hostapd checks freq=5240 is non-DFS, hence skip DFS CAC and
  transition to AP-Enabled which volatiles DFS-RADAR detection.

  LOG: "hostapd : hostapd_handle_dfs_offload: freq 5240 MHz does not
        require DFS. Continue channel/AP setup"

- This commit checks freq=5240 and its adjacent freqs are DFS required,
  hence remains in DFS state until DFS CAC completed.

  LOG: "hostapd : hostapd_handle_dfs_offload: freq 5240 MHz requires
        DFS for 4 chans"

Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-07 17:42:56 +03:00
Hu Wang
c25b50306e hostapd: Reject 40 MHz channel config if regulatory rules do not allow it
When regulatory rules are configured not to support 40 MHz channels on
the 2.4 GHz band, hostapd_is_usable_chans() still allowed 40 MHz
channels (i.e., 1-9) to be used with ht_capab=[HT40+][HT40-].

Looking into hostapd_is_usable_chans():
1) Validate primary channel using hostapd_is_usable_chan()
2) Try to pick a default secondary channel if hostapd_is_usable_chan()
3) Try to pick a valid secondary channel if both HT40+/HT40- set, and
   further validate primary channel's allowed bandwidth mask.
4) Return channel not usable.

For example, for the 2.4 GHz channel 9 in Japan, its default secondary
channel is 13, which is valid per hostapd_is_usable_chan(), so step (2)
returns channel usable.

Add a more strict check to step (2) to clearly reject 40 MHz channel
configuration if regulatory rules do not allow the 40 MHz bandwidth,
which is similarly done in commit ce6d9ce15b ("hostapd: Add supported
channel bandwidth checking infrastructure").

Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-02 00:06:20 +03:00
Mohammad Asaad Akram
20a522b9eb AP: Add user configuration for TWT responder role
Add user configuration he_twt_responder for enabling/disabling TWT
responder role, in addition to checking the driver's capability. The
default configuration is to enable TWT responder role when the driver
supports this.

Signed-off-by: Mohammad Asaad Akram <asadkrm@codeaurora.org>
2021-06-01 00:17:03 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
39a1d55b76 Add QCA vendor interface to transport CFR data using netlink events
Add QCA vendor interface to configure the driver which transport mode to
use for sending CFR data to userspace. Currently, relayfs and netlink
event modes are supported.

Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-27 20:43:45 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
da3335c925 QCA vendor attribute to configure keep alive data type
Add a QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver to use Data or
Management frames for keep alive data. This attribute is used for
testing purpose.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-27 20:31:28 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
98f1259cd1 QCA vendor attribute to configure ER SU PPDU type
Add QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver to transmit the
Data frames with ER SU PPDU type format. This attribute is used
for testing purpose.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-27 20:29:43 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
e2e2655ce8 FILS: Fix PMKID derivation for OKC
FILS authentication derives PMK differently from the EAP cases. The PMK
value does not bind in the MAC addresses of the STAs. As such, the same
PMKID is used with different BSSIDs. Fix both the hostapd and
wpa_supplicant to use the previous PMKID as is for OKC instead of
deriving a new PMKID using an incorrect derivation method when using an
FILS AKM.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-21 21:05:41 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
5e1e4cceb6 Add QCA vendor attribute to enable/disable FT over DS
Add QCA vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_FT_OVER_DS
to configure FT over DS to the driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo<vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-21 18:21:07 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
586afb8fa8 Add QCA interface to configure band specific RSSI thresholds for roaming
Add QCA interface to specify the RSSI thresholds separately for candidate
APs from different bands.

Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-21 18:15:57 +03:00
Mohammad Asaad Akram
800e345502 Fix documentation for QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_SETUP_MAC_ADDR
Mention that for AP mode this attribute is required in
response for TWT SET, TWT GET, TWT SUSPEND, and TWT
TERMINATE. And is required in request for TWT GET, and
TWT TERMINATE.

For STA mode, the usage of this attribute remains unchanged.

Signed-off-by: Mohammad Asaad Akram <asadkrm@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-21 17:59:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d2302f878 Add EAPOL-4WAY-HS-COMPLETED indication to AP
This makes it easier for test scripts to track completion of 4-way
handshake from hostapd, e.g., when going through PTK rekeying.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-11 21:13:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c5aa2579d Add EAPOL_TX command to extend ext_eapol_frame_io possibilities
This makes it convenient for an external test script to use
ext_eapol_frame_io=1 to delay and/or modify transmission of EAPOL-Key
msg 1/4 without having to use separate frame injection mechanisms.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-11 21:13:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04283cf36b Add REKEY_PTK to allow upper layer request to force PTK rekeying
"REKEY_PTK <STA MAC address>" can now be used to force rekeying of the
PTK for the specified associated STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-11 21:13:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
82d8d631ec Skip GTK rekeying request if rekeying already in process
Do not start yet another rekeying of GTK when receiving an EAPOL-Key
request frame at the point when the GTK is already being rekeyed. This
fixes issues where the AP might end up configuring a different GTK than
the one it sends to the associated stations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-11 01:03:57 +03:00
Hu Wang
de4d62dbcd Add QCA vendor definitions for DFS radar history
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands and attributes
to report DFS radar history.

Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-07 13:10:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2950851ace Rename the Frame Control field subfield Order define to +HTC
This moves the implementation closer to the current IEEE 802.11 standard
since B15 of Frame Control field was renamed to +HTC to match it newer
uses.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-06 12:12:51 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
11821ab3d1 Add QCA vendor interface to query usable channels
Add QCA vendor interface for userspace to get information of usable
channels for different interface types from the driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-04 22:39:44 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
6ae0d78b8e Determine 6 GHz bandwidth in AP mode ACS using op_class parameter
Determine bandwidth from op_class parameter when set in config. When not
configured, use he_oper_chwidth for determining 80 MHz or 160 MHz. When
both are not set, fall back to 20 MHz by default. This helps in removing
the dependency on op_class parameter in 6 GHz ACS.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-03 23:24:13 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
0822de037c Add AP mode ACS support for the 6 GHz band
Add support for the 6 GHz frequencies using 40, 80, and 160 MHz
bandwidths in the AP mode ACS.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-03 23:22:25 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
bef5eee4f7 Convert channel to frequency based selection for AP mode ACS
Convert channel based selection to frequency based selection for AP mode
ACS to accommodate for the 6 GHz band needs.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-03 23:19:03 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
15742566fd 6 GHz: Fix operating class in Supported Operating Classes element
Previously, the secondary channel was set only in presence of HT
capabilities based on HT40+ or HT40-. As HT capabilities and
secondary_channel are not present for the 6 GHz bamd, this causes
incorrect operating class indication in the Supported Operating Classes
element.

Fix this by assigning the secondary channel for bandwidths greater than
20 MHz in the 6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-03 23:04:55 +03:00
P Praneesh
79e8f0c164 hostapd: Update 160 MHz center freq calculation in 6 GHz
In the 6 GHz Operation Information field, the Channel Center Frequency
Segment 0 field indicates the channel center frequency index for
the 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz, or 80+80 MHz channel on which the
BSS operates in the 6 GHz band. If the BSS channel width is 160 MHz
then the Channel Center Frequency Segment 0 field indicates the
channel center frequency index of the primary 80 MHz.

The Channel Center Frequency Segment 1 field indicates the channel
center frequency index of the 160 MHz channel on which the BSS operates
in the 6 GHz band or the channel center frequency of the secondary 80
MHz for the 80+80 MHz channel.

Since Channel Center Frequency Segment 1 was 0 for 160 MHz, 6 GHz STA
associated using 80 MHz. Update seg0 and seg1 fields per standard (IEEE
P802.11ax/D8.0: 9.4.2.249 HE Operation element).

Signed-off-by: P Praneesh <ppranees@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-03 17:35:59 +03:00
Lavanya Suresh
9c6b0a9416 hostapd: Disable VHT/HE when WMM is not enabled
When WMM is disabled, HT/VHT/HE capabilities should not be used for any
STA. If any STA advertises these capabilities, hostapd AP disables HT
capabilities in STA flags during STA assoc, but VHT/HE was not handled
similarly. This could allow a STA to associate in VHT/HE mode even in
WMM disable case.

To avoid this, disable VHT/HE capabilities similarly to HT during STA
association, if WMM is not enabled by the STA.

Signed-off-by: Lavanya Suresh <lavaks@codeaurora.org>
2021-05-03 17:27:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15b1831a2c nl80211: Map internal TDLS_PEER_* to NL80211_TDLS_PEER_*
Even though these enum definitions are currently identical, it is better
to explicitly map these bits to the kernel interface instead of using
the internal definition for this. This makes it much clearer that new
enum tdls_peer_capability value needs to be assigned in nl80211 before
they can be added into wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-23 12:40:07 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
742018f44d Add support to indicate TDLS peer's HE capability to driver
Indicate TDLS peer's capability to driver after processing TDLS setup
response frame. This information can be used by the driver to decide
whether to include HE operation IE in TLDS setup confirmation frame.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-23 12:32:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2be5777a99 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2021-04-19.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-04-23 12:31:50 +03:00
Kani M
1f2fbf41d0 Fix UPDATE_BEACON processing when disabled
The hostapd process crashed when the UPDATE_BEACON control interface
command was issue after the interface was disabled. Check for this case
and return an error if the interface is disabled.

Signed-off-by: Kani M <kanisumi@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-21 23:23:54 +03:00
Disha Das
80d9756956 DPP2: Get DPP Relay Controller context based on hostapd callback context
Get the DPP Relay Controller context from the list of configured
Controllers based on the correct hostapd callback context. This is
needed to pick the correct hostapd interface for sending out the
response over air, e.g., when the same hostapd process controls a 2.4
GHz only and a 5 GHz only interface.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-21 23:06:00 +03:00
Mohammad Asaad Akram
e63d456905 Add vendor reason code for TWT setup reject due to scan in progress
The firmware rejects the TWT setup request when scan is in
progress. Extend enum qca_wlan_vendor_twt_status to represent new
reason code for it.

Signed-off-by: Mohammad Asaad Akram <asadkrm@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-21 22:44:34 +03:00
Jingxiang Ge
7d513b5b28 Add vendor hang reason code for tasklet/credit latency
Define a new reason code in enum qca_wlan_vendor_hang_reason,
QCA_WLAN_TASKLET_CREDIT_LATENCY_DETECT, for tasklet/credit latency
detection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-21 22:42:51 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
a6cae954ec Vendor command to configure concurrent STA connection policies
Introduce a QCA vendor command to configure the concurrent connection
policies when multiple STA interfaces are (getting) active.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-20 00:54:00 +03:00
Disha Das
c2d7b027b1 DPP2: Close incomplete Relay connections
Add timeout to close incomplete DPP relay connections. This is needed to
avoid getting stuck with old entries that prevent new connections from
getting started.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-13 00:26:07 +03:00
Wolfgang Steinwender
f91680c15f OpenSSL: Fix compilation for version < 1.1.0 without CONFIG_ECC
When CONFIG_ECC is not defined, openssl/ec.h is not included and EC_KEY
not known. Fix be not defining EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() when CONFIG_ECC is
not defined.

Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Steinwender <wsteinwender@pcs.com>
2021-04-10 12:48:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d675d3b15b Add helper functions for parsing RSNXE capabilities
Simplify the implementation by using shared functions for parsing the
capabilities instead of using various similar but not exactly identical
checks throughout the implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-04-10 12:43:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
663e190b72 SAE: Remove now unused password identifier argument from non-H2E case
IEEE Std 802.11-2020 mandates H2E to be used whenever an SAE password
identifier is used. While this was already covered in the
implementation, the sae_prepare_commit() function still included an
argument for specifying the password identifier since that was used in
an old test vector. Now that that test vector has been updated, there is
no more need for this argument anymore. Simplify the older non-H2E case
to not pass through a pointer to the (not really used) password
identifier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-10 12:12:54 +03:00
Ilan Peer
79f87f4734 PASN: Change PASN flows to use SAE H2E only
Do so for both wpa_supplicant and hostapd. While this was not explicitly
required in IEEE P802.11az/D3.0, likely direction for the draft is to
start requiring use of H2E for all cases where SAE is used with PASN.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-04-10 12:12:22 +03:00
Ilan Peer
8c786e0687 PASN: Derive KDK only when required
When a PTK derivation is done as part of PASN authentication flow, a KDK
derivation should be done if and only if the higher layer protocol is
supported by both parties.

Fix the code accordingly, so KDK would be derived if and only if both
sides support Secure LTF.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-04-10 11:55:55 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
655edc19cf Vendor attributes to configure broadcast TWT parameters
Define the new TWT attributes for configuring the broadcast TWT
parameters in enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_twt_setup.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-09 21:51:46 +03:00
Mohammad Asaad Akram
49ad86b0cf Add vendor reason codes for TWT setup reject on roaming/channel switch
The firmware rejects the TWT setup request when roaming and channel
switch is in progress. Extend enum qca_wlan_vendor_twt_status to
represent new reason codes for these cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-09 21:51:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
527be9ce72 SAE: Increment the Sc counter before generating each Confirm
This changes the Send-Confirm value for the first SAE Confirm message to
be 1 instead of 0 for all cases to match the design shown in IEEE Std
802.11-2020, Figure 12-4 (SAE finite state machine).

Sc is defined to be "the number of SAE Confirm messages that have been
sent" which is a bit vague on whether the current frame is included in
the count or not. However, the state machine is showing inc(Sc)
operation in all cases before the "2" event to build the Confirm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-09 21:51:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
47f51c8ba4 tests: Update SAE test vector to IEEE Std 802.11-2020
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-04-09 21:51:46 +03:00
Yu Wang
5f082c158c nl80211: Support larger number of MAC ACL entries
If the maximum size of MAC ACL entries is large enough, the
configuration message may exceed the default buffer size of a netlink
message which is allocated with nlmsg_alloc(), and result in a failure
when putting the attributes into the message.

To fix this, calculate the required buffer size of the netlink message
according to MAC ACL size and allocate a sufficiently large buffer with
nlmsg_alloc_size().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-03-31 00:30:11 +03:00
Yu Wang
f1fc9cf74e nl80211: Fix the size of the maximum MAC ACL size
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX is a u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC ACL. This was
incorrectly used as a u8 attribute which would not work with any values
larger than 255 or on big endian CPUs. Fix this by moving from
nla_get_u8() to nla_get_u32().

Fixes: 3c4ca36330 ("hostapd: Support MAC address based access control list")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-03-31 00:30:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93576264bc WPS: Share a single error handling path in wps_set_ie()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-28 18:26:19 +03:00
Lavanya Suresh
e72e322539 hostapd: Enable WMM automatically when HE is configured
If WMM is not set explicitly in the configuration, it can be set based
on HT/HE config. As HE can be used without HT/VHT (which was introduced
as a special behavior for the 6 GHz band), add a similar automatic
enabling of WMM for HE without HT.

Signed-off-by: Lavanya Suresh <lavaks@codeaurora.org>
2021-03-26 00:21:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a841a218b Fix WNM-Sleep Mode exit debug print of BIGTK
Previous debug print used IGTK instead of BIGTK, so fix that to use the
correct key. Actual generation of the BIGTK subelement itself was using
the correct key, though, so this is only needed to fix the debug print.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-26 00:21:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8673baeab Add REGISTER_FRAME hostapd control interface command for testing purposes
This can be used to register reception of new types of Management frames
through nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-23 00:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60974eb3f6 Allow AP mode extended capabilities to be overridden
The new hostapd configuration parameters ext_capa_mask and ext_capa can
now be used to mask out or add extended capability bits. While this is
not without CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS, the main use case for this is for
testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-22 11:58:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ca09293ea Simplify extended capability determination in AP mode
There is no need to determine the exact length of the element before
filling in the octets since this function is already capable of
truncated the fields based on what the actual values are.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-22 11:12:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
349e9eafbb PASN: Mark pubkey/comeback arguments constant for frame construction
These parameters are only copied to the frame, so mark them as constant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-21 18:30:52 +02:00
Ilan Peer
ab623ac750 PASN: Add support for comeback flow in AP mode
Reuse the SAE anti-clogging token implementation to support similar
design with the PASN comeback cookie.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-21 18:01:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ed10754e8 DPP: Fix GAS client error case handling in hostapd
The GAS client processing of the response callback for DPP did not
properly check for GAS query success. This could result in trying to
check the Advertisement Protocol information in failure cases where that
information is not available and that would have resulted in
dereferencing a NULL pointer. Fix this by checking the GAS query result
before processing with processing of the response.

This is similar to the earlier wpa_supplicant fix in commit 931f7ff656
("DPP: Fix GAS client error case handling").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-21 11:47:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ae18d4bd7 EAP-SIM/AKA: Fix check for anonymous decorated identity
eap_sim_anonymous_username() gets called with an argument that is not a
null terminated C string and as such, os_strrchr() and os_strlen()
cannot be used with it. The previous implementation resulted in use of
uninitialized values and a potential read beyond the end of the buffer.

Credit to OSS-Fuzz: https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/detail?id=32277
Fixes: 73d9891bd7 ("EAP-SIM/AKA peer: Support decorated anonymous identity prefix")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-20 16:28:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
512d973cc2 DPP: Indicate authentication success on ConfReqRX if needed (hostapd)
It is possible to receive the Configuration Request frame before having
seen TX status for the Authentication Confirm. In that sequence, the
DPP-AUTH-SUCCESS event would not be indicated before processing the
configuration step and that could confuse upper layers that follow the
details of the DPP exchange. As a workaround, indicate DPP-AUTH-SUCCESS
when receiving the Configuration Request since the Enrollee/Responser
has clearly receive the Authentication Confirm even if the TX status for
it has not been received.

This was already done in wpa_supplicant in commit 422e73d623 ("DPP:
Indicate authentication success on ConfReqRX if needed") and matching
changes are now added to hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-20 16:09:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c8842f0e0 Fix full EAP authentication after PMKSA cache add failure
Need to get EAP state machine into a state where it is willing to
proceed with a new EAP-Request/Identity if PMKSA cache addition fails
after a successful EAP authentication before the initial 4-way handshake
can be completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-20 13:36:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6bbbd9729f DPP2: Fix connection status result wait in hostapd
The waiting_conn_status_result flag was not set which made hostapd
discard the Connection Status Result. Fix this to match the
wpa_supplicant implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-20 12:17:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0c74f0c6b Testing functionality for airtime policy
Add a new testing parameter to allow airtime policy implementation to be
tested for more coverage even without kernel driver support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-20 12:03:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f77891496 nl80211: Debug print error from airtime weight configuration
It is better to be able to determine whether the airtime weight
configuration for a STA actually was accepted by the driver or not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-20 00:15:53 +02:00
Hai Shalom
73d9891bd7 EAP-SIM/AKA peer: Support decorated anonymous identity prefix
Support decorated anonymous identity prefix as per RFC 7542,
for SIM-based EAP networks.

Signed-off-by: Hai Shalom <haishalom@google.com>
2021-03-19 21:12:01 +02:00
Mohammad Asaad Akram
7831b10a89 Introduce reason code for TWT teardown due to concurrency
The firmware sends new reason codes to indicate TWT teardown due to
single channel and multi channel concurrency. Update the enum
qca_wlan_vendor_twt_status to represent new reason code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-03-19 21:01:36 +02:00
Ilan Peer
4f436d5378 nl80211: Allow sending Deauthentication frame with off channel for PASN
To allow for a PASN station to deauthenticate from an AP to clear any
PTKSA cache entry for it, extend the nl80211 interface to allow sending
a Deauthentication frame with off channel enabled.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 22:43:08 +02:00
Ilan Peer
1ca1c3cfee AP: Handle deauthentication frame from PASN station
When a Deauthentication frame is received, clear the corresponding PTKSA
cache entry for the given station, to invalidate previous PTK
information.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 22:41:02 +02:00
Ilan Peer
166e357e63 AP: Enable anti clogging handling code in PASN builds without SAE
The anti-clogging code was under CONFIG_SAE. Change this so it can be
used both with CONFIG_SAE and CONFIG_PASN.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 17:58:10 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6fe0d56e88 AP: Rename SAE anti clogging variables and functions
PASN authentication mandates support for comeback flow, which
among others can be used for anti-clogging purposes.

As the SAE support for anti clogging can also be used for PASN,
start modifying the source code so the anti clogging support
can be used for both SAE and PASN.

As a start, rename some variables/functions etc. so that they would not
be SAE specific. The configuration variable is also renamed, but the old
version remains available for backwards compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 17:44:24 +02:00
Ilan Peer
b866786338 PASN: For testing purposes allow to corrupt MIC
For testing purposes, add support for corrupting the MIC in PASN
Authentication frames for both wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 17:19:12 +02:00
Ilan Peer
2efa60344e PASN: Encode the public key properly
When a public key is included in the PASN Parameters element, it should
be encoded using the RFC 5480 conventions, and thus the first octet of
the Ephemeral Public Key field should indicate whether the public key is
compressed and the actual key part starts from the second octet.

Fix the implementation to properly adhere to the convention
requirements for both wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 12:31:31 +02:00
Ilan Peer
cd0813763a PASN: Include PMKID in RSNE in PASN response from AP
As defined in IEEE P802.11az/D3.0, 12.12.3.2 for the second PASN frame.
This was previously covered only for the case when the explicit PMKSA
was provided to the helper function. Extend that to cover the PMKID from
SAE/FILS authentication cases.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 11:45:12 +02:00
Ilan Peer
da3ac98099 PASN: Fix setting frame and data lengths in AP mode PASN response
Frame length and data length can exceed 256 so need to use size_t
instead of u8.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 11:38:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c733664be9 EAP peer: Make EAP-Success handling more robust against race conditions
When ERP initialization was moved from the METHOD state to the SUCCESS
state, the conditions for checking against EAP state being cleared was
missed. The METHOD state verified that sm->m is not NULL while the
SUCCESS state did not have such a check. This opened a window for a race
condition where processing of deauthentication event and EAPOL RX events
could end up delivering an EAP-Success to the EAP peer state machine
after the state had been cleared. This issue has now been worked around
in another manner, but the root cause for this regression should be
fixed as well.

Check that the EAP state machine is properly configured before trying to
initialize ERP in the SUCCESS state.

Fixes: 2a71673e27 ("ERP: Derive ERP key only after successful EAP authentication")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-15 00:45:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ed0c212e4 TLS: Fix highest TLS version disabling with internal TLS client
The highest supported TLS version for pre_master_secret needs to be
limited based on the local configuration for the case where the highest
version number is being explicitly disabled. Without this, the server
would likely detect a downgrade attack.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 13:08:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
57550cb27a DPP2: Use ASN.1 helper functions
Simplify ASN.1 parser operations by using the shared helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 13:08:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
626035bec7 TLS: Use ASN.1 helper functions
Simplify ASN.1 parser operations by using the shared helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 13:08:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4e1d76dbf X509: Use ASN.1 helper functions
Simplify ASN.1 parser operations by using the shared helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 12:23:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
173e7eedef RSA: Use ASN.1 helper functions
Simplify ASN.1 parser operations by using the shared helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
72b0217ab1 PKCS: Use ASN.1 helper functions
Simplify ASN.1 parser operations by using the shared helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0541334a6 ASN.1: Validate DigestAlgorithmIdentifier parameters
The supported hash algorithms do not use AlgorithmIdentifier parameters.
However, there are implementations that include NULL parameters in
addition to ones that omit the parameters. Previous implementation did
not check the parameters value at all which supported both these cases,
but did not reject any other unexpected information.

Use strict validation of digest algorithm parameters and reject any
unexpected value when validating a signature. This is needed to prevent
potential forging attacks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94beb8e367 ASN.1: Fix AlgorithmInfo parsing for signatures
Digest is within the DigestInfo SEQUENCE and as such, parsing for it
should use the end of that data instead of the end of the decrypted
signature as the end point. Fix this in the PKCS #1 and X.509
implementations to avoid accepting invalid digest data that is
constructed to get the hash value from after the actual DigestInfo
container.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ee76493bbd ASN.1: Reject invalid definite long form length values in DER encoding
The definite long form for the length is allowed only for cases where
the definite short form cannot be used, i.e., if the length is 128 or
greater. This was not previously enforced and as such, multiple
different encoding options for the same length could have been accepted.

Perform more strict checks to reject invalid cases for the definite long
form for the length. This is needed for a compliant implementation and
this is especially important for the case of verifying DER encoded
signatures to prevent potential forging attacks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3af75f23b0 ASN.1: Reject invalid extended tags in DER encoding
The extended tag case is allowed only for tag values that are 31 or
larger (i.e., the ones that would not fit in the single octet identifier
case with five bits). Extended tag format was previously accepted even
for the values 0..31 and this would enable multiple different encodings
for the same tag value. That is not allowed for DER.

Perform more strict checks to reject invalid extended tag values. This
is needed for a compliant implementation and this is especially
important for the case of verifying DER encoded signatures to prevent
potential forging attacks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6831a0e93 ASN.1: Explicitly validate constructed bit while parsing DER
The identifier octet in DER encoding includes three components. Only two
of these (Class and Tag) were checked in most cases when looking for a
specific data type. Also check the Primitive/Constructed bit to avoid
accepting invalid encoding.

This is needed for correct behavior in DER parsing and especially
important for the case of verifying DER encoded signatures to prevent
potential forging attacks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b421a7cf2a ASN.1: Use the helper functions for recognizing tags and debug prints
Simplify the core ASN.1 parser implementation by using the helper
functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a990e8c4e ASN.1: Add helper functions for recognizing tag values
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-14 11:37:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9bf4c0539b ASN.1: Verify that NULL value has zero length
This value is required to contain no octets, so verify that its length
octet agrees with that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-13 23:15:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f629bfe225 ASN.1: Add helper functions for debug printing identifier/length info
These can be helpful in cleaning up implementation of more or less
identical debug printing operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-13 23:15:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
429f725d9b ASN.1: Define tag value for TIME
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-13 23:15:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4481b03ee3 ASN.1: Fix a typo in a not-used tag name
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-13 23:15:55 +02:00
Peter Åstrand
2f2a570755 nl80211: Restore station mode on deinit only if station when started
With the earlier code, a mesh interface was changed to station after
deinit.

Signed-off-by: Peter Astrand <peter.astrand@etteplan.com>
2021-03-12 11:00:15 +02:00
Ben Greear
a6b2007c2f nl80211: Support disabling HE in infrastructure BSS as station
Send a flag to the kernel when user has specified disable_he=1 in the
network configuration block. This extends the functionality added in
commit 7c8f540ee0 ("wpa_supplicant: Add HE override support") to cover
the cases that need kernel functionality.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2021-03-12 10:40:25 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
01f2e54ce7 P2P: Clear pending_listen_freq when stopping listen
If listen work never started, pending_listen_freq might be left
uncleared, preventing the subsequent listen to start. This could happen
in p2p_timeout_wait_peer_idle() after the commit 13256b8cf ("P2P: Stop
old listen radio work before go to WAIT_PEER_IDLE state") added a
stop_listen() call there.

Fixes: 13256b8cf3 ("P2P: Stop old listen radio work before go to WAIT_PEER_IDLE state")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-03-12 10:38:14 +02:00
Swarn Singh
cd2f8151ee Add support to return bandwidth for channel 2 of the 6 GHz band
The 6 GHz band operating class 136 is defined to use 20 MHz bandwidth.
Return the value accordingly from center_idx_to_bw_6ghz() to cover this
special case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-03-12 00:12:16 +02:00
Mohammad Asaad Akram
6b4e32da89 New vendor attribute to configure TWT mantissa in microseconds
Define the following additional TWT attribute for
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_twt_setup:
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_SETUP_WAKE_INTVL2_MANTISSA to configure the
mantissa in microseconds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-03-12 00:10:13 +02:00
Ben Greear
7fd2f24962 TWT: Support sending TWT Setup and Teardown Action frames
This adds new control interface commands TWT_SETUP and TWT_TEARDOWN. For
now, these are only for testing purposes to be able to trigger
transmission of the TWT Action frames without configuring any local
behavior for TWT in the driver.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2021-03-07 22:07:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
edbaffc4f6 wpabuf: Add helper functions for writing 64-bit integers
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-07 21:31:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17d85158cf Fix hostapd PMKSA_ADD with Authenticator disabled
This function can get called with hapd->wpa_auth == NULL from the
control interface handler, so explicitly check for that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-07 12:33:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
147d6d3727 Update VHT capabilities info on channel switch event
This is needed to be able to move from 80 MHz or lower bandwidth to 160
or 80+80 MHz bandwidth (and back) properly without leaving the Beacon
frame VHT elements showing incorrect information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-07 01:35:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc587c479c nl80211: Determine secondary channel offset for CS to 80+80 MHz
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-07 01:21:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a8095d729 nl80211: Debug print for channel switch request parameters
These can be helpful for debugging channel switch issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-07 01:11:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a20ace3a1e nl80211: Add command-to-string mapping for previously missed commands
In addition, make the compiler warn if a new enum value is added without
defining the matching mapping to a string.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-07 01:06:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f37b8142b More specific set_freq_params debug prints for 80/80+80 MHz errors
It is more convenient to see the exact error in the debug log instead of
getting noted that something was invalid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-07 00:54:36 +02:00
Avraham Stern
ab89291928 nl80211: Use process_bss_event() for the nl_connect handler
The nl_connect is initialized with the process_bss_event() handler.
However, it is used several times with the default valid handler. As a
result, if a message that is only valid for process_bss_event() is
received while the default handler is used, it will be dropped.

This has been observed in a case where during the 4-way handshake, a
Beacon frame is received on the AP side, which triggers a beacon update,
just before receiving the next EAPOL. When send_and_recv_msgs_owner() is
called for sending the NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON command, the
NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME event is already pending. As a result, it
is received with the default handler, which drops it. Since the EAPOL
frame is dropped, the connection attempt fails.

Fix it by using the process_bss_event() handler when the nl_connect
handler is used.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2021-03-06 13:36:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c5442e744 DPP: Clear hapd->gas pointer on deinit
While it does not look like the stale pointer could have been
dereferenced in practice, it is better not to leave the stale pointer to
freed memory in place to avoid accidental uses.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-06 11:56:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
076e0abddb SQLite: Fix temporary eap_user data freeing on interface restart
hapd->tmp_eap_user needs to be cleared on interface deinit to avoid
leaving stale pointers to freed memory.

Fixes: ee431d77a5 ("Add preliminary support for using SQLite for eap_user database")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-03-06 11:44:38 +02:00
Michael Braun
2da3105ac1 Fix use after free with hapd->time_adv on interface restart
When an interface is disabled, e.g. due to radar detected,
hapd->time_adv is freed by hostapd_free_hapd_data(), but later
used by ieee802_11_build_ap_params() calling hostapd_eid_time_adv().

Thus hapd->time_adv needs to be cleared as well.

Fixes: 39b97072b2 ("Add support for Time Advertisement")
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2021-03-06 11:37:26 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
800fb69970 QCA vendor attribute to allow 6 GHz connection with all security types
Add a QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver to allow the 6 GHz
connection with all security types. This attribute is used for testing
purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-03-04 18:05:06 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
1a60099f26 QCA vendor attribute to ignore SAE H2E requirement mismatch
Add a QCA vendor attribute to ignore SAE H2E requirement mismatch for 6
GHz connection. This attribute is used for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-03-04 18:04:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5e3d92ee4 OCV: Fix OCV-FAILURE event address for FT Reassociation Response frame
sm->bssid is still the BSSID of the previous AP at this point in the FT
protocol, so need to show the target AP's BSSID instead in the failure
message.

Fixes: 8c1f61e820 ("OCV: Report OCI validation failures with OCV-FAILURE messages (STA)")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-28 23:50:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a5f6e88b2 SAE: Use more explicit IE payload validation steps
This is an attempt of making the code easier to understand for static
analyzers. The helper functions were already verifying that these IEs
are fully within the memory buffer, but that may not have been clear
enough for automated analysis.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-28 18:39:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
57fec19dab Use more consistent iface->conf checks
Commit f1df4fbfc7 ("mesh: Use setup completion callback to complete
mesh join") added a check for iface->conf being NULL into a debug print.
However, it is not clear how that could be NULL here. In any case,
setup_interface() could end up dereferencing iface->conf in the call to
hostapd_validate_bssid_configuration(), so better be consistent with the
checks and not get warnings from static analyzers regardless of whether
this can happen in practice.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-28 11:51:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8211e1e75 PASN: Avoid unreachable code with CONFIG_NO_RADIUS
There is no point in trying to build in rest of this function if in the
middle of it the CONFIG_NO_RADIUS case would unconditionally fail.
Simply make all of this be conditional on that build parameter not being
set to make things easier for static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-28 11:37:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a1136b7f1 FILS: Fix RSN info in FD frame for no-group-addressed
The value from the initial RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_NO_GROUP_ADDRESSED check
ended up getting overridden with the following if. This was supposed to
be a single if statement to avoid that.

Fixes: 9c02a0f5a6 ("FILS: Add generation of FILS Discovery frame template")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-28 11:27:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6035969e0e Fix dynamic EAP library building
Build eap_*.so into the wpa_supplicant similarly with the wpa_supplicant
binary and include the shared helper functions from additional files
into the builds. This got broken at some point with the build system
changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-27 23:42:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a826ff2d95 Ignore group-addressed SA Query frames
These frames are used for verifying that a specific SA and protected
link is in functional state between two devices. The IEEE 802.11
standard defines only a case that uses individual MAC address as the
destination. While there is no explicit rule on the receiver to ignore
other cases, it seems safer to make sure group-addressed frames do not
end up resulting in undesired behavior. As such, drop such frames
instead of interpreting them as valid SA Query Request/Response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-27 20:27:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
205c35ceff nl80211: Allow compilation with both vendor do_acs() handlers
Use a helper function as the do_acs() callback to allow builds to pull
in all the vendor specific operations into a single binary.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-27 17:57:08 +02:00
Xinrui Sun
61a258e784 nl80211: Add ACS support for Broadcom device
BRCM vendor command used to trigger ACS scan. After ACS finished,
DHD driver will send results by event BRCM_VENDOR_EVENT_ACS.

Signed-off-by: Xinrui Sun <xinrui.sun@broadcom.com>
2021-02-27 12:14:09 +02:00
Ben Greear
827b43b3ca RADIUS client: Support SO_BINDTODEVICE
Allow the RADIUS client socket to be bound to a specific netdev. This
helps hostapd work better in VRF and other fancy network environments.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Tobler <andreas.tobler at onway.ch>
2021-02-27 10:51:15 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
3a05f89edc Android: Add DRIVER command support on hostapd and hostapd_cli
Add DRIVER command support on hostapd and hostapd_cli on Android
similarly to the way this previously enabled in wpa_supplicant and
wpa_cli.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-26 20:22:41 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
50baf345b4 TDLS: Support TDLS operations in HE mode
Determine if the TDLS peer is HE capable based on HE Capability element
received in the TDLS Setup Response frame. Indicate the peer's HE
capabilities to the driver through sta_add().

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-26 20:16:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
184c824689 P2P: Add device address to the debug entry on oldest peer removal
This makes it easier to understand debug logs with large number of peer
entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-25 20:09:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8460e32309 P2P: Fix a corner case in peer addition based on PD Request
p2p_add_device() may remove the oldest entry if there is no room in the
peer table for a new peer. This would result in any pointer to that
removed entry becoming stale. A corner case with an invalid PD Request
frame could result in such a case ending up using (read+write) freed
memory. This could only by triggered when the peer table has reached its
maximum size and the PD Request frame is received from the P2P Device
Address of the oldest remaining entry and the frame has incorrect P2P
Device Address in the payload.

Fix this by fetching the dev pointer again after having called
p2p_add_device() so that the stale pointer cannot be used.

Fixes: 17bef1e97a ("P2P: Add peer entry based on Provision Discovery Request")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-25 20:09:46 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
59e9794c7d QCA vendor attribute to configure Punctured Preamble Rx in HE cap
Add a QCA vendor attribute to enable/disable the Punctured Preamble Rx
support in HE PHY capabilities.

This attribute is used for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-23 00:46:37 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
875d7be38c QCA vendor attribute to disable data and management frame Tx
Add a QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver to disable data and
management response frame transmission to test the BSS max idle period
feature.

This attribute is used for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-23 00:46:31 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
ecb7590f34 QCA vendor attribute to configure RU 242 tone for data Tx
Add a QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver/firmware to use only
RU 242 tone for data frame transmission.

This attribute is used for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-23 00:46:27 +02:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
8d23297128 QCA vendor attribute to configure BSS max idle period
Add a QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver with a specific BSS
max idle period value to advertise in (Re)Association Request frames.

This attribute is used for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-23 00:46:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc72854fe2 Fix handle_auth_cb() message length check regression
Reordering of code in handle_auth_cb() when adding support for full
station state messaged up frame length checks. The length was originally
tested before looking at the payload of the frame and that is obviously
the correct location for that check. The location after those full state
state changes was after having read six octets of the payload which did
not help at all since there was no addition accesses to the payload
after that check.

Move the payload length check to appropriate place to get this extra
level of protection behaving in the expected manner. Since this is a TX
status callback handler, the frame payload is from a locally generated
Authentication frame and as such, it will be long enough to include
these fields in production use cases. Anyway, better keep this check in
working condition.

Fixes: bb598c3bdd ("AP: Add support for full station state")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-23 00:30:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
976c3c161f DPP2: Accept Config Result before GAS response TX status
The TX event for the next frame in the sequence might be received before
the TX status for the final GAS response frame is processed. This used
to result in the Config Result getting discarded and the negotiation not
completing successfully on the Configurator side.

Accept the Config Result message as an indication of the final GAS
response frame having went through fine even if the TX status has not
yet been processed to avoid this issue from a potential race condition
on kernel events.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-21 16:44:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10502ad59f radiotap: Fix compiler issues with packed structures
Replace the Radiotap parser platform.h file with use of helper functions
from utils/common.h to avoid compiler issues with the updated design and
getting pointers to members of packet structs.

Silence the warning about _next_bitmap assignment. This pointer is
dereferenced only with operations that are safe for unaligned access, so
the compiler warning is not helpful here.

__packed might not be defined in this context, so use STRUCT_PACKED from
utils/common.h.

Fixes: e6ac269433 ("radiotap: Update radiotap parser")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-21 12:40:58 +02:00
Alexander Clouter
0dee287c84 EAP server: Extend EAP-TLS Commitment Message use to PEAP and EAP-TTLS
Use the explicit Commitment Message per draft-ietf-emu-eap-tls13-13
Section 2.5 and extend this functionality to PEAP and EAP-TTLS when
using TLS 1.3.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Clouter <alex@digriz.org.uk>
2021-02-20 17:53:52 +02:00
Alexander Clouter
fae4eafe4a EAP-TTLS peer: Handle Commitment Message for TLS 1.3
Recognize the explicitly defined Commitment Message per
draft-ietf-emu-eap-tls13-13 at the conclusion of the EAP-TTLS with TLS
1.3.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Clouter <alex@digriz.org.uk>
2021-02-20 17:47:41 +02:00
Alexander Clouter
155125b02a EAP-TLS peer: Handle Commitment Message for TLS 1.3
Recognize the explicitly defined Commitment Message per
draft-ietf-emu-eap-tls13-13 at the conclusion of the EAP-TLS with TLS
1.3.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Clouter <alex@digriz.org.uk>
2021-02-20 17:47:39 +02:00
Alexander Clouter
3a457509db EAP: Extend Session-Id derivation with TLS 1.3 to PEAP and EAP-TTLS
This newer Session-Id/Method-Id derivation is used with PEAP and
EAP-TTLS when using TLS 1.3 per draft-ietf-emu-tls-eap-types-00, so do
not limit this to only EAP-TLS.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Clouter <alex@digriz.org.uk>
2021-02-20 17:36:57 +02:00
Alexander Clouter
647db6a6b5 EAP-TTLS: Key derivation per draft-ietf-emu-tls-eap-types-00
Use the TLS-Exporter with the label and context as defined in
draft-ietf-emu-tls-eap-types-00 when deriving keys for EAP-TTLS with TLS
1.3.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Clouter <alex@digriz.org.uk>
2021-02-20 17:35:51 +02:00
Alexander Clouter
c74f230200 EAP-PEAP: Key derivation per draft-ietf-emu-tls-eap-types-00
Use the TLS-Exporter with the label and context as defined in
draft-ietf-emu-tls-eap-types-00 when deriving keys for PEAP with TLS
1.3.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Clouter <alex@digriz.org.uk>
2021-02-20 17:35:51 +02:00
Alexander Clouter
872609c151 EAP-TTLS/PEAP peer: Fix failure when using session tickets under TLS 1.3
EAP peer does not expect data present when beginning the Phase 2 in
EAP-{TTLS,PEAP} but in TLS 1.3 session tickets are sent after the
handshake completes.

There are several strategies that can be used to handle this, but this
patch picks up from the discussion[1] and implements the proposed use of
SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY. SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY has already been enabled by
default in OpenSSL 1.1.1, but it needs to be enabled for older versions.

The main OpenSSL wrapper change in tls_connection_decrypt() takes care
of the new possible case with SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY for
SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ to indicate that a non-application_data was
processed. That is not really an error case with TLS 1.3, so allow it to
complete and return an empty decrypted application data buffer.
EAP-PEAP/TTLS processing can then use this to move ahead with starting
Phase 2.

[1] https://www.spinics.net/lists/hostap/msg05376.html

Signed-off-by: Alexander Clouter <alex@digriz.org.uk>
2021-02-20 17:02:35 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
8265f84531 nl80211: Unconditionally clear nl_msg
Previously nl80211_nlmsg_clear() would be called under a special
condition when valid_handler is NULL and valid_data is -1. Such API is
not very convenient as it forces the handler to be NULL. Change the
send_and_recv() function to always clear the nl_msg, which will simplify
all this logic.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-02-20 00:34:42 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6c7b0a9657 PASN: Correctly set RSNXE bits from AP
The capability bit index should not be shifted here as the shifting is
handled later below when building the RSNXE octets.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-02-20 00:26:21 +02:00
Anusha Datar
8f248d1aca Check for message truncation in RADIUS client
The RADIUS client currently determines if a radius message is longer
than the supported maximum length by checking whether the size of the
received buffer and the length of the buffer (as returned by recv()) is
equal. This method fails to detect if the buffer has actually been
truncated. This change modifies the RADIUS client to instead use the
recvmsg() call and then check the message header flags to determine
whether or not the received message has been truncated and drop the
message if that is the case.

Signed-off-by: Anusha Datar <anusha@meter.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <derosier@cal-sierra.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Squires <julian@cipht.net>
2021-02-20 00:15:15 +02:00
Anusha Datar
5cb25307e4 Set RADIUS message length to reflect RFC 2865
The current RADIUS server message maximum length limits the length of
each RADIUS message to 3000 bytes. As specified in RFC 2865 section 3
("Packet Format"), the RADIUS standard's maximum message size is 4096
bytes, so this change increases the RADIUS server's maximum message
size from 3000 to 4096 to match the standard.

Signed-off-by: Anusha Datar <anusha@meter.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <derosier@cal-sierra.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Squires <julian@cipht.net>
2021-02-20 00:11:17 +02:00
Anusha Datar
7df089b567 Create RADIUS_MAX_MSG_LEN param in the shared radius.h
The RADIUS client currently uses a hardcoded value of 3000 for the
maximum length of a RADIUS message, and the RADIUS server currently
defines a constant value for the maximum length of the RADIUS message
within its source. The client and the server should use the same
maximum length value, so this change creates a shared parameter
RADIUS_MAX_MSG_LEN within the header file radius.h and modifies
both the client and the server to use that parameter instead of
a locally set value.

Signed-off-by: Anusha Datar <anusha@meter.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <derosier@cal-sierra.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Squires <julian@cipht.net>
2021-02-20 00:08:17 +02:00
Sachin Ahuja
98a52b09ca Add new attributes in get_sta_info QCA vendor command
Add additional attributes for the QCA vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_STA_INFO to get finer details on roaming
behavior, TSF out of sync count, and the latest TX rate, Rate Index used
for the transmission.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
6f92f81dac AP: Check driver's capability to enable OCV when driver SME is used
When the driver SME is used, offloaded handshakes which need Operating
Channel Validation (OCV) such as SA Query procedure, etc. would fail if
hostapd enables OCV based on configuration but the driver doesn't
support OCV. To avoid this when driver SME is used, enable OCV from
hostapd only when the driver indicates support for OCV.

This commit also adds a capability flag to indicate whether driver SME
is used in AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
73ebd58fc8 STA: Check driver capability to enable OCV when driver SME is used
When the driver SME is used, offloaded RSN handshakes like SA Query, GTK
rekeying, FT authentication, etc. would fail if wpa_supplicant enables
OCV in initial connection based on configuration but the driver doesn't
support OCV. To avoid such failures check the driver's capability for
enabling OCV when the driver SME used.

This commit also adds a capability flag for indicating OCV support
by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
d36d4209fd Enable beacon protection only when driver indicates support
Enabling beacon protection will cause STA connection/AP setup failures
if the driver doesn't support beacon protection. To avoid this, check
the driver capability before enabling beacon protection.

This commit also adds a capability flag to indicate beacon protection
support in client mode only.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Patrick Steinhardt
e680a51e94 ext_password: Implement new file-based backend
It was not easily possible to separate configuration of an interface and
credentials when using the configuration file instead of the control
interface or D-Bus interface for setting up the network profiles. This
makes it hard to distribute configuration across a set of nodes which
use wpa_supplicant without also having to store credentials in the same
file. While this can be solved via scripting, having a native way to
achieve this would be preferable.

Turns out there already is a framework to have external password
storages. It only had a single "test" backend though, which is kind of
an in-memory store which gets initialized with all passwords up front
and is mainly for testing purposes. This isn't really suitable for the
above use case: the backend cannot be initialized as part of the central
configuration given that it needs the credentials, and we want to avoid
scripting.

This commit thus extends the infrastructure to implement a new backend,
which instead uses a simple configuration file containing key-value
pairs. The file follows the format which wpa_supplicant.conf(5) uses:
empty lines and comments are ignored, while passwords can be specified
with simple `password-name=password-value` assignments.

With this new backend, splitting up credentials and configuration
becomes trivial:

    # /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf
    ext_password_backend=file:/etc/wpa_supplicant/psk.conf

    network={
        ssid="foobar"
        psk=ext:foobar
    }

    # /etc/wpa_supplicant/psk.conf
    foobar=ecdabff9c80632ec6fcffc4a8875e95d45cf93376d3b99da6881298853dc686b

Alternative approaches would be to support including other configuration
files in the main configuration, such that common configuration and
network declarations including credentials are split up into separate
files. But the implementation would probably have been more complex
compared to reusing the already-existing framework for external password
backends.

Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Patrick Steinhardt
e9f449ba59 wpa_supplicant: Move wpa_config_get_line() into utils
The function wpa_config_get_line() is used by the wpa_supplicant config
file parser to retrieve the next non-comment non-blank line. We'll need
the same kind of functionality to implement the file-based external
password backend, so as a preparatory step this commit extracts the
function into its own standalone file in the utils package.

No functional changes are expected from this commit.

Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1c23d3f25 HE: Fall back to 20 MHz on 2.4 GHz if 40 MHz is not supported
At least the ACS case of an attempt to pick a 40 MHz channel on the 2.4
GHz band could fail if HE was enabled and the driver did not include
support for 40 MHz channel bandwidth on the 2.4 GHz band in HE
capabilities. This resulted in "40 MHz channel width is not supported in
2.4 GHz" message when trying to configure the channel and failure to
start the AP.

Avoid this by automatically falling back to using 20 MHz bandwidth as
part of channel parameter determination at the end of the ACS procedure.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-15 18:27:10 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
f1c6c9d3eb ACS: Allow downgrading to 20 MHz based on OBSS results
When auto channel selection (ACS) is used for HE 40 MHz in the 2.4 GHz
band, AP sets center frequency after finding a 40 MHz channel and then
runs a scan for overlapping BSSes in neighboring channels. Upon OBSS
detection, AP should downgrade to 20 MHz bandwidth.

This was broken because allowed_ht40_channel_pair() returns true in this
case and the steps to reset center frequency are not executed causing
failure to bring interface up.

Fix the condition to allow rollback to 20 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-15 18:16:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9bb2f75298 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2021-02-12.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-15 17:36:20 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
cfc45a98d2 nl80211: Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response configuration
Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response transmission is used for in-band
discovery in the 6 GHz band (IEEE P802.11ax/D8.0 26.17.2.3.2, AP
behavior for fast passive scanning). Add support for configuring the
parameters for such frames.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-14 23:04:26 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
024b4b2a29 AP: Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response configuration
Add hostapd configuration options for unsolicited broadcast
Probe Response transmission for in-band discovery in 6 GHz.
Maximum allowed packet interval is 20 TUs (IEEE P802.11ax/D8.0
26.17.2.3.2, AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
Setting value to 0 disables the transmission.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-14 23:04:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b59e63f0e Include secondary channel config in no-hw-channel-found message
This makes the error message easier to understand if the AP mode setup
failure is caused by invalid secondary channel configuration while the
primary channel is valid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-14 19:31:14 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
d76ba2b316 nl80211: Add FILS Discovery frame configuration
Add support for setting the parameters for FILS Discovery frame
transmission.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-14 18:18:18 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
9c02a0f5a6 FILS: Add generation of FILS Discovery frame template
Add hostapd configuration parameters for FILS Discovery frame
transmission interval and prepare a template for FILS Discovery frame
for the driver interface. The actual driver interface changes are not
included in this commit.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-14 18:03:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4c529e9cb Add a helper function for determining RSN capabilities field value
This information is needed in more than one place, so add a helper
function to avoid need to duplicate this code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-14 18:03:38 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
272466518f Define FILS Discovery frame subfields
Add definitions from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, 9.6.8.36 FILS discovery
frame format and extensions for the 6 GHz band from IEEE P802.11ax/D8.0.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-14 11:13:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3eb5f7128e Do not include VHT elements in Beacon frames on the 6 GHz band
A similar change was previously done for Probe Response frames, but the
Beacon frame case was missed. Fix this to remove the VHT elements also
from Beacon frames on the 6 GHz since the relevant information is
included only in the HE elements on that band.

Fixes: 49e95ee1ee ("AP: Publish only HE capabilities and operation IEs on 6 GHz band")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-14 00:33:08 +02:00
Shay Bar
2c2b6d265b Add Transmit Power Envelope also for 6 GHz HE AP
According to IEEE P802.11ax/D8.0, add Transmit Power Envelope element
into Beacon and Probe Response frames when operating HE AP on the 6 GHz
band.

Signed-off-by: Shay Bar <shay.bar@celeno.com>
2021-02-14 00:29:31 +02:00
Shay Bar
6c2b729de0 Use hostapd_get_oper_chwidth() when build Transmit Power Envelope element
hostapd_get_oper_chwidth(iconf) instead of direct access to
iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth is needed here to be able to use this with
HE in cases where VHT is not enabled.

Signed-off-by: Shay Bar <shay.bar@celeno.com>
2021-02-14 00:24:53 +02:00
Shay Bar
5d3c4496fb Make VHT Transmit Power Envelope element helper more generic
According to latest IEEE 802.11 standard, Transmit Power Envelope
element is also relevant to IEEE 802.11ax and is no longer called VHT
Transmit Power Envelope. Remove the VHT naming from the element and move
hostapd_eid_txpower_envelope() from ieee802_11_vht.c to ieee802_11.c in
preparation of using it with HE.

Signed-off-by: Shay Bar <shay.bar@celeno.com>
2021-02-14 00:22:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58bbbb5981 nl80211: Ignore 4addr mode enabling error if it was already enabled
nl80211_set_4addr_mode() could fail when trying to enable 4addr mode on
an interface that is in a bridge and has 4addr mode already enabled.
This operation would not have been necessary in the first place and this
failure results in disconnecting, e.g., when roaming from one backhaul
BSS to another BSS with Multi AP.

Avoid this issue by ignoring the nl80211 command failure in the case
where 4addr mode is being enabled while it has already been enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-13 23:59:28 +02:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
b1c3e4d071 nl80211: Send HE 6 GHz capability parameters to the driver
The HE 6 GHz capability was not being sent to the kernel causing 6 GHz
support being unidentifiable in the kernel driver for added stations.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-10 00:06:21 +02:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
8d10831dcf wolfSSL: wolfSSL_use_PrivateKey_* correct return codes
The wolfSSL_use_PrivateKey_* APIs return 1 on success. 0 is also an
error.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2021-02-09 20:54:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad59639ed8 DPP2: Fix Authentication Request destination in the chirping case
The Authentication Request frames triggered by the reception of a
Presence Announcement frame were sent to the broadcast address. This is
not correct behavior since the source MAC address of the Presence
Announcement frame was supposed to override the Responder MAC address.
Fix this by using that source MAC address to avoid unnecessary use of
broadcast frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-09 20:41:08 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
598f671321 SAE: Avoid driver STA entry removal unnecessarily when using H2E/PK
The new status code values for SAE H2E and PK resulted in the
sta->added_unassoc cases incorrectly removing the STA entry after
successful SAE commit messages. Fix this by using sae_status_success()
instead of direct check for WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS when processing SAE
commit messages before removing station entry.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-08 23:56:59 +02:00
Ilan Peer
99cd453720 hw_feature: Correctly select mode in case of the 6 GHz band
There are 2 HW modes with IEEE80211_MODE_A: one for the 5 GHz channels
and one for 6 GHz channels. Since hw_get_chan() checks all the
compatible hw modes, eventually, an incorrect hw mode is selected.

To fix this, add a function that checks if a specific mode supports
the requested frequency and if so use it as the current mode.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-02-08 00:54:10 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
f728c867e3 AP: Extend Spatial Reuse Parameter Set
Extend SPR element to support following fields and pass all
information to kernel for driver use.
 * Non-SRG OBSS PD Max Offset
 * SRG BSS Color Bitmap
 * SRG Partial BSSID Bitmap

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-08 00:41:52 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
9f9d3d3625 Allow HE MCS rate selection for Beacon frames
Allow HE MCS rate to be used for beacon transmission when the driver
advertises the support. The rate is specified with a new beacon_rate
option "he:<HE MCS>" in hostapd configuration.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-08 00:26:38 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
7f2f262e6d nl80211: Support the 6 GHz band for beacon rate configuration
Use the correct enum nl80211_band value when configuring the beacon rate
for the 6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-08 00:26:38 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
c3d557b4df hostapd: Add HE 6 GHz band capability configuration
Enable user to configure Maximum MPDU Length, Maximum A-MPDU Length
Exponent, Rx Antenna Pattern Consistency, and Tx Antenna Pattern
Consistency of 6 GHz capability through config file.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-08 00:09:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd8b170302 EAP-AKA: Check that ID message storing succeeds
This could fail in theory if running out of memory, so better check for
this explicitly instead of allowing the exchange to continue and fail
later due to checkcode mismatch.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 23:40:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b58ac90c38 Rename INTERWORKING_BLACKLISTED define
Use more accurate INTERWORKING_EXCLUDED for this. The actual event
prefix is not changed to remains compatible with external components
using this control interface event message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 16:43:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6ac269433 radiotap: Update radiotap parser
Update the radiotap parser to the latest version of the
http://git.sipsolutions.net/radiotap.git/ library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 13:25:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
136bbf15c3 wlantest: Add more details about protected FTM frames
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 13:11:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f56eec7c1a wlantest: Process Action No Ack frames like Action frames
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 12:00:12 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
ef26fc19fa DFS: Allow switch to an available channel
For EU, where preCAC is allowed, we should allow switch to DFS available
channels, instead of restarting BSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
2021-02-07 10:30:09 +02:00
Raphaël Mélotte
f95ccc102a WPS: Reconfigure credentials on hostapd config reload
When new credentials are configured and hostapd is reconfigured using
SIGHUP (or RELOAD on the ctrl_iface), also update the WPS credentials.

Before these changes, when WPS is triggered the Registar always serves
the credentials that were configured when hostapd started.

Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
2021-02-06 17:15:31 +02:00
Raphaël Mélotte
2fd90eb095 WPS: Use helper variables to clean up code
This is in preparation of larger changes in hostapd_update_wps() to keep
the commits more readable.

Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
2021-02-06 17:12:24 +02:00
Michal Kazior
3a00a86bb9 hostapd: Fix dpp_listen in DPP responder scenario
Some time ago it was found some drivers are setting their hw/ucode RX
filters restrictively enough to prevent broadcast DPP Action frames from
being received at upper layers in the stack.

A set of patches was introduced to the kernel and
ath9k driver as well as wpa_supplicant, e.g.,

  a39e9af90 ("nl80211: DPP listen mode callback")
  4d2ec436e ("DPP: Add driver operation for enabling/disabling listen mode")

However, the hostapd code itself was not calling the new multicast
registration. As such the AP side of things wasn't working as expected
in some scenarios. I've found this while trying to get ath9k working as
an AP Responder/Configurator.

The problem wasn't seen on, e.g., mac80211 hwsim driver.

Extend the wpa_supplicant mechanism to work with hostapd as well.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plume.com>
2021-02-06 16:06:15 +02:00
Raphaël Mélotte
4a7e0ac268 hostapd: Add an option to notify management frames on ctrl_iface
In some contexts (e.g., Multi-AP) it can be useful to have access to
some of the management frames in upper layers (e.g., to be able to
process the content of association requests externally).

Add 'notify_mgmt_frames'. When enabled, it will notify the ctrl_iface
when a management frame arrives using the AP-MGMT-FRAME-RECEIVED event
message.

Note that to avoid completely flooding the ctrl_iface, not all
management frames are included (e.g., Beacon and Probe Request frames
are excluded).

Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
2021-02-06 13:56:18 +02:00
Ircama
e79febb3f5 P2P: Adding option to manage device drivers creating random MAC addresses
Add option 2 to the p2p_device_random_mac_addr configuration option to
support device drivers which use by default random MAC adresses when
creating a new P2P Device interface (for instance, the BCM2711 80211
wireless device driver included in Raspberry Pi 4 Model B). In such
case, this option allows to create the P2P Device interface correctly
when using P2P permanent groups, enabling wpa_supplicant to reuse the
same MAC address when re-invoking a P2P permanent group.

update_config=1 is required.

Signed-off-by: Ircama <amacri@tiscali.it>
2021-02-06 13:40:29 +02:00
Roy Marples
a579642bc3 BSD: If route socket overflows, sync drivers to system interfaces
Messages such as RTM_IFNFO or RTM_IFANNOUNCE could have been lost.
As such, sync the state of our internal driver to the state of the
system interfaces as reports by getifaddrs(2).

This change requires the routing socket be placed in non-blocking
mode. While here, set the routing and inet sockets to close on exec.

BSDs that support SO_RERROR include NetBSD and DragonFly.
There is a review underway to add this to FreeBSD.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2021-02-06 13:27:24 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
fa859ebb19 RSN+WPA: Fix RSNE removing in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 when RSNXE is included
When the AP advertised RSNE, RSNXE, and WPA IE, hostapd incorrectly
removed the RSNE in the EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 if the STA associates with
WPA, leaving only RSNXE instead of WPA IE. WPA STA fails to connect to
such AP as the WPA IE is missing.

Since RSNXE is not really used in non-RSN connection, just remove it
here with RSNE.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-02-06 12:09:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc19779592 RSN: Validate RSNXE match in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 only when RSN is used
This is needed to avoid the corner case of local RSNXE aware station
being configured to behave as WPA(v1)-only STA when the AP might not
include RSNXE in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-06 12:09:30 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
0b7895750b DPP: Silence compiler warning about signed/unsigned comparison
Old gcc versions complain about signed/unsigned comparison in
dpp_rx_gas_resp(). Hide it.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-02-06 12:09:30 +02:00
Shay Bar
a287c20789 Disable HE capabilities when using unacceptable security config
Add HE configuration check similar to HT/VHT.

Signed-off-by: Shay Bar <shay.bar@celeno.com>
2021-02-06 11:41:09 +02:00
Johannes Berg
56c192c5ee nl80211: Skip frame filter config for P2P-Device
There's no point in attempting to configure frame filters on
a P2P-Devices that doesn't even have a netdev (nor passes any
data traffic), that just results in error messages. Skip it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-02-06 11:41:09 +02:00
Muna Sinada
9416b5f323 Add HE in ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() documentation
This function covers HE cases, so include that in the comment.

Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-06 11:41:09 +02:00
Muna Sinada
2acfd15a2a hostapd: Generalize channel switch methods to incorperated HE mode
Remove the VHT specific naming on methods that are utilized in both VHT
and HE modes.

Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-06 11:41:09 +02:00
Muna Sinada
2908dc91c1 hostapd: Enable HE for channel switch commmand
Add HE as an accepted option ("he") in the CHAN_SWITCH command similarly
to the way VHT is addressed.

Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-06 11:41:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c3e71d149 P2P: Add a maximum length limit for peer vendor IEs
This is mainly to help with fuzz testing that could generate overly long
test data that would not be possible in real use cases due to MMPDU size
limits. The implementation for storing vendor IEs with such
unrealisticly long IE buffers can result in huge number of memory
reallozations and analyzing those can be very heavy.

While the maximum length of the fuzzing test input could be limited, it
seems nicer to limit this IE storage limit instead to avoid timeouts
from fuzz test runs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-05 01:39:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
947272febe P2P: Fix copying of secondary device types for P2P group client
Parsing and copying of WPS secondary device types list was verifying
that the contents is not too long for the internal maximum in the case
of WPS messages, but similar validation was missing from the case of P2P
group information which encodes this information in a different
attribute. This could result in writing beyond the memory area assigned
for these entries and corrupting memory within an instance of struct
p2p_device. This could result in invalid operations and unexpected
behavior when trying to free pointers from that corrupted memory.

Credit to OSS-Fuzz: https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/detail?id=27269
Fixes: e57ae6e19e ("P2P: Keep track of secondary device types for peers")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-04 00:25:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25df656a8a Remove pointless defines for ext capab bits
These were copy-pasted templates that were forgotten to be removed when
defining the bits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-04 00:23:14 +02:00
Aloka Dixit
630b1fdba8 AP: Add 6 GHz security constraints
Add security constraints for the 6 GHz band as given in IEEE
P802.11ax/D8.0, 12.12.2.

Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-02 23:39:31 +02:00
Ilan Peer
24f0507af4 WPA: Support deriving KDK based on capabilities (Authenticator)
Derive the KDK as part of PMK to PTK derivation if forced by
configuration or in case both the local AP and the peer station declare
support for secure LTF.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 23:09:39 +02:00
Ilan Peer
dccb6cde03 WPA: Support deriving KDK based on capabilities
Derive the KDK as part of PMK to PTK derivation if forced by
configuration or in case both the local station and the AP declare
support for secure LTF.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 23:09:39 +02:00
Ilan Peer
9e7b980d65 PASN: Include RSNXE in the PASN negotiation
IEEE P802.11az/D2.6 added definitions to include RSNXE in the PASN
negotiation. Implement the new functionality in both wpa_supplicant and
hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 23:09:36 +02:00
Ilan Peer
d8cd20e37b RSN: Add RSNXE new definitions
IEEE P802.11az/D2.6 defines the following additional capabilities to
RSNXE:

- Secure LTF support
- Secure RTT support
- Protection of range negotiation and measurement management frames.

Add support for advertising the new capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 23:08:27 +02:00
Ilan Peer
2eb2fb8bd4 AP: Support PASN with FT key derivation
Note that the implementation is not complete as it is missing support
for the FT wrapped data which is optional for the station, but must be
supported by the AP in case the station included it.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 17:49:00 +02:00
Ilan Peer
5c65ad6c0b PASN: Support PASN with FT key derivation
Add support for PASN authentication with FT key derivation:

- As IEEE P802.11az/D2.6 states that wrapped data is optional and
  is only needed for further validation of the FT security parameters,
  do not include them in the first PASN frame.

- PASN with FT key derivation requires knowledge of the PMK-R1 and
  PMK-R1-Name for the target AP. As the WPA state machine stores PMK-R1,
  etc. only for the currently associated AP, store the mapping of
  BSSID to R1KH-ID for each previous association, so the R1KH-ID
  could be used to derive PMK-R1 and PMK-R1-Name. Do so instead
  of storing the PMK-R1 to avoid maintaining keys that might not
  be used.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 17:38:30 +02:00
Ilan Peer
62edb79a0c AP: Support PASN with FILS key derivation
As the PASN FILS authentication is only defined for FILS SK without PFS,
and to support PASN authentication with FILS, implement the PASN with
FILS processing as part of the PASN handling and not as part of the WPA
Authenticator state machine.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 20:28:33 +02:00
Ilan Peer
da35e1214d AP: Support PASN with SAE key derivation
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 20:27:14 +02:00
Ilan Peer
a93ec28d10 PASN: Support PASN with SAE key derivation
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 20:27:14 +02:00
Ilan Peer
3040c8a2da AP: Add support for PASN processing to the SME
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 20:27:12 +02:00
Ilan Peer
f2f8e4f458 Add PTKSA cache to hostapd
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 19:15:47 +02:00
Ilan Peer
2c963a117a AP: Add support for configuring PASN
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 19:15:47 +02:00
Ilan Peer
363768c8ac PASN: Add support for PASN processing to wpa_supplicant
Add PASN implementation to wpa_supplicant

1. Add functions to initialize and clear PASN data.
2. Add functions to construct PASN Authentication frames.
3. Add function to process PASN Authentication frame.
4. Add function to handle PASN frame TX status.
5. Implement the station side flow processing for PASN.

The implementation is missing support for wrapped data and PMKSA
establishment for base AKMs, and only supports PASN authentication or
base AKM with PMKSA caching.

The missing parts will be added in later patches.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 19:15:44 +02:00
Ilan Peer
d70060f966 WPA: Add PTKSA cache to wpa_supplicant for PASN
PASN requires to store the PTK derived during PASN authentication
so it can later be used for secure LTF etc. This is also true
for a PTK derived during regular connection.

Add an instance of a PTKSA cache for each wpa_supplicant
interface when PASN is enabled in build configuration.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
a4e3691616 WPA: Add PTKSA cache implementation
In order to be able to perform secure LTF measurements, both the
initiator and the responder need to first derive TK and KDK and store
them, so they would later be available for the secure LTF negotiation.

Add a basic implementation of a PTKSA cache that stores derived TK/KDK
which can later be used for secure LTF negotiation, and add it to the
build configuration.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
a84ba92fa0 WPA: Add a function to get PMKSA cache entry
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6709b4ceb8 common: Add PASN parsing to ieee802_11_parse_extension()
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
46bfc3a849 tests: Add module tests for PASN PTK derivation
Based on tests vectors taken from IEEE P802.11az/D2.6.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
9ce123cdbf PASN: Add common Authentication frame build/validation functions
Add helper functions to construct a PASN Authentication frame and
validate its content, which are common to both wpa_supplicant and
hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c6d1a33bb0 PASN: Add functions to compute PTK, MIC and hash
1. Add a function to derive the PTK from a PMK and additional data.
2. Add a function to calculate the MIC for a PASN frames.
3. Add a function to compute the hash of an authentication frame body.

The above are built only in case that CONFIG_PASN is enabled at build
time.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
d87f4aea11 FILS: Extend the fils_pmk_to_ptk() function to also derive KDK
Extend the fils_pmk_to_ptk() to also derive Key Derivation
Key (KDK) which can later be used for secure LTF measurements.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6e834db74e FT: Extend the wpa_pmk_r1_to_ptk() function to also derive KDK
Extend the wpa_pmk_r1_to_ptk() to also derive Key Derivation
Key (KDK), which can later be used for secure LTF measurements.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
46c232eb76 WPA: Extend the wpa_pmk_to_ptk() function to also derive KDK
Extend the wpa_pmk_to_ptk() to also derive Key Derivation
Key (KDK), which can later be used for secure LTF measurements.

Update the wpa_supplicant and hostapd configuration and the
corresponding WPA and WPA Auth state machine, to allow enabling of KDK
derivation. For now, use a testing parameter to control whether KDK is
derived.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
019507e10e common: Allow WPA_CIPHER_GTK_NOT_USED as a valid group management cipher
PASN authentication requires that group management cipher suite
would be set to 00-0F-AC:7 in the RSNE, so consider it as a valid
group management cipher and adjust the code accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:35:50 +02:00
Ilan Peer
2447212214 nl80211: Always register for RX authentication frames with PASN
Register a filter that only requests PASN Authentication frames
to be passed to user space.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:35:50 +02:00
Ilan Peer
a728449a04 nl80211: Allow off-channel of PASN authentication frames in send_mlme()
As part of the support needed for PASN.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:35:50 +02:00
Ilan Peer
367e79231c PASN: Add some specification definitions
Based on IEEE P802.11az/D2.6.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:35:50 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
833cdbe97d Add support for new 5 GHz channels 173 and 177
Add support for new channels 173 and 177 in the operating classes 125 to
130 as defined in draft IEEE P802.11ax/D8.0.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-01-22 19:18:10 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
21fdb454df P2P: Fix channel selection for operating class 129
The operating class 129 includes channels with a maximum bandwidth of
160 MHz with center frequency index 50 and 114. The previous definition
of operating class 129 considered the center frequency index as actual
channels resulting in incorrect channel setup for the operating class.

Fix the definition of operating class 129 to consider channels with the
center frequency index of 50 and 114.

Also update the comment that describes the channel selection for
operating 128, 129, and 130 which mentions wpas_p2p_allow_channel()
verifies the channels while wpas_p2p_verify_channel() takes care of it.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-01-22 19:18:10 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
959af4f576 DPP: Abort authentication if no Auth Confirm is received within a second
After sending DPP Auth Response, the Responder might not receive the
Auth Confirm either due to the Initiator not sending it or the reception
of the frame failing for some reason (e.g., Responder having already
left the negotiation channel). If this happens, following initiation
attempts would fail since the consecutive Auth Request would get
discarded since the previous authentication is still in progress.

Terminate DPP authentication on Responder, if no Auth Confirm is
received within one second of successfully sending Auth Response. This
allows the Responder to accept start of a new exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-01-22 19:18:10 +02:00
hongwang.li
41fae6e0bb nl80211: Add missing WPA3-SAE auth_data in auth retry case
When wpa_supplicant sends NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE to kernel, it is
possible that the cfg80211 in kernel has expired the BSS entry that
we are trying to auth with. Then cfg80211 will reject the auth cmd.
In this case, wpa_supplicant will trigger a single channel scan to
refresh cfg80211 BSS entry, and retry the auth when scan is finished.

When this case happens, wpa_supplicant makes a copy of auth params,
such as frequency, bssid, ssid, ie and so on. So when we retry auth,
the copy of these params will be used. The problem is, a param named
auth_data is missed when making the copy. The auth_data is used by
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA which is a mandatory field for WPA3-SAE auth.
In WPA3-SAE case the auth retry will always fail because auth_data is
missing. This patch fixes the issue.

Signed-off-by: hongwang.li <hongwang.li@sonos.com>
2021-01-15 12:14:17 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
b6947f01a1 Android: Pass the vendor events to $(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB)
Android has a mechanism to extend the driver interface in vendor
specific ways. This implementation of the vendor interface is done in
$(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB). Extend this to allow the vendor
events to be provided to this library to facilitate the event
processing.

Introduce a new board configuration via
$(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB_EVENT) rather than reusing
$(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB) to enable this event handling in the
private library. This is to avoid compilation issues for
wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_event() with the already existing private
library implementations defined with
$(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 23:22:56 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
7b121af26a P2P: Delay P2P scan when an external scan is in progress
When an external scan is in progress on the same radio, delay the P2P
search operation based on configuration parameter p2p_search_delay. The
"search_delay" configuration done through p2p_find always takes
precedence over this delay value set due to an external scan trigger.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 23:22:51 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
74818ca63f Process QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH after NL80211_CMD_ROAM
NL80211_CMD_ROAM indication is scheduled via a kernel work queue, while
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH is a vendor event from the
driver. Thus, a race condition can exist wherein the vendor event is
received prior to the NL80211_CMD_ROAM indication.

The processing of this vendor event depends on the NL80211_CMD_ROAM
indication to update the roamed BSS/BSSID information and thus the out
of sequence processing of these events would result in not updating the
right BSS information.

This commit adds a workaround to hold the pending
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH event for up to 100 ms in
case NL80211_CMD_ROAM is not received first.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 22:57:42 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
b4a41abad4 nl80211: Do not ignore disconnection event after a connection event
After a disconnect command is issued, wpa_supplicant generates a
disconnection event to self and ignores the next disconnection event
coming from the driver.  In a race condition in which the driver
generates a connected event due to roaming just before receiving the
disconnect command from userspace, wpa_supplicant processes the
connected event after processing the self-generated disconnection event
and enters WPA_COMPLETED state. The driver sends a disconnection event
after processing the disconnect command sent by wpa_supplicant but the
disconnection event is ignored by wpa_supplicant as the disconnection
event is considered to be a result of locally generated disconnect
command. Thus, wpa_supplicant continues to be in the connected
(WPA_COMPLETED) state though the driver is in disconnected state.

Fix this out-of-sync behavior between the driver and wpa_supplicant by
not ignoring the disconnection event from the driver because of the
locally generated disconnect command sent to the driver if there is a
connection event received after issuing the disconnect command to the
driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 15:51:32 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
73c7c2da99 Vendor feature capability to notify TWT asynchronous response support
The response for the respective TWT operations can either be synchronous
or asynchronous (wherever specified). If synchronous, the response to
this operation is obtained in the corresponding vendor command reply to
the user space. For asynchronous case, the response is obtained as an
event with the same operation type.

Drivers shall support either of these modes but not both simultaneously.
The support for asynchronous mode is advertised through the new flag
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_FEATURE_TWT_ASYNC_SUPPORT. If the driver does not
include this flag, it shall support synchronous mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 13:09:30 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
a337c1d7c9 New TWT operations and attributes to TWT Setup and Nudge
Define the following additional TWT operations:
QCA_WLAN_TWT_GET_STATS, QCA_WLAN_TWT_CLEAR_STATS,
QCA_WLAN_TWT_GET_CAPABILITIES, QCA_WLAN_TWT_SETUP_READY_NOTIFY.

Also define new attributes to qca_wlan_vendor_attr_twt_setup
and qca_wlan_vendor_attr_twt_nudge.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-16 18:04:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ead8b897f Use bool for is_6ghz variables and functions
Replace the implicit boolean checks that used int variables with use of
a more explicit bool variable type.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-11 19:56:14 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
7131fede34 Extend the setband support for 6 GHz and band combinations
Support possible band combinations of 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz with
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SETBAND_MASK attribute. Ensure backwards
compatibility with old drivers that are using
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SETBAND_VALUE attribute and supporting only 2.4 GHz
and 5 GHz bands.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-11 19:56:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bba926350a Fix gcc-10 build with -Werror=array-bounds and dl_list_for_each()
The earlier workaround for UBSAN issues in commit 3b6b3ae581 ("Modify
dl_list_for_each() to not use unaligned access with WPA_TRACE") ended up
using a construction in which the type cast to the containing structure
was compared instead of the struct dl_list pointers. While that worked
around the UBSAN issue, it resulted in a comparison that gcc-10
interprets as being out of bounds for struct dl_list (which it obviously
is since this is to find the start of the containing structure).

Revert that workaround and instead, mark the struct dl_list used within
struct os_alloc_trace to have matching 16 octet alignment as the
containing structure. This is also restoring consistent design for
dl_list_for_each*().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-12-04 13:59:37 +02:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
0225301fde wolfSSL: Client cert loading API fix
Client cert loading API should check equality to SSL_SUCCESS for
success.

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2020-12-04 12:42:17 +02:00
Avraham Stern
297050b460 nl80211: Report invalid signal and noise when info is unavailable
When the driver sends a CQM RSSI threshold event, wpa_supplicant queries
the driver for the signal and noise values. However, it is possible that
by that time the station has already disconnected from the AP, so these
values are no longer valid. In this case, indicate that these values are
invalid by setting them to WPA_INVALID_NOISE.

Previously a value of 0 would be reported, which may be confusing as
this is a valid value.

Since nl80211_get_link_signal() and nl80211_get_link_noise() already set
invalid values for a case of failure, just use the value set by these
functions even if they fail.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-12-04 12:42:15 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
be96f4e8d2 wlantest: Allow missing RSNE in S1G beacon
S1G beacons save a few bytes by not requiring the RSNE in beacon if RSN
BSS is configured. Handle this in wlantest by only clearing RSNE from
the BSS info if frame is a Probe Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
2020-12-04 12:01:54 +02:00
John Crispin
d83eaa351e Add option to ignore Probe Request frames when RSSI is too low
Add a new hostapd configuration parameters rssi_ignore_probe_request to
ignore Probe Request frames received with too low RSSI.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-12-02 17:14:39 +02:00
David Bauer
4683b72183 DFS: Enter DFS state if no available channel is found
Previously hostapd would not stop transmitting when a DFS event was
detected and no available channel to switch to was available.

Disable and re-enable the interface to enter DFS state. This way, TX
does not happen until the kernel notifies hostapd about the NOP
expiring.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-12-02 16:49:29 +02:00
Shay Bar
eee0d242bb hostapd: Add ability to disable HT/VHT/HE per BSS
Add the ability to disable HT/VHT/HE for specific BSS from hostapd.conf.

- Add disable_11ax boolean to hostapd_bss_config.
- Change disable_11n and disable_11ac to bool in hostapd_bss_config.
- Add configuration option to set these disable_11* parameters
  (which were previously used only automatically based on incompatible
  security parameters to disable HT/VHT).

Signed-off-by: Shay Bar <shay.bar@celeno.com>
2020-12-02 13:41:18 +02:00
Markus Theil
7c2cad969a mesh: Fix DFS deinit/init
The hostapd DFS code deinitializes and initializes the AP interface, if
a clean channel switch is not possible. In this case the AP code paths
would deinit the driver, for example nl80211, without wpa_supplicant
code paths getting notice of this.

Therefore add callbacks for wpa_supplicant mesh methods, which are
called on init/deinit of the AP BSS. These callbacks are then used to
handle the reset in the mesh code.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-12-01 00:31:56 +02:00
Peter Oh
12ae3e3dba mesh: Inform kernel driver about DFS handler in userspace
The kernel requires indication of DFS handler residing in user space
(NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS) to enable DFS channels.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2020-12-01 00:14:07 +02:00
Peter Oh
8725909789 nl80211: Do not set offchanok on DFS channels in non-ETSI for mesh
mac80211 does not allow mgmt tx to use off channel on
DFS channels in non-ETSI domain, because it will invalidate
CAC result on current operating channel.
(mac80211 commit: 34373d12f3cbb74960a73431138ef619d857996f)
Hence don't set offchanok for mgmt tx in case of DFS channels
in non-ETSI.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2020-11-30 20:12:08 +02:00
Peter Oh
f1df4fbfc7 mesh: Use setup completion callback to complete mesh join
Mesh join function is the last function to be called during mesh join
process, but it's been called a bit earlier than it's supposed to be, so
that some mesh parameter values such as VHT capabilities were not
applied correct when mesh join is in process. Moreover, the current
design of mesh join that is called directly after mesh initialization
isn't suitable for DFS channels to use, since mesh join process should
be paused until DFS CAC is done and resumed after it's done.

The callback will be called by hostapd_setup_interface_complete_sync().
There is a possibility that completing mesh init fails, so add error
handling codes for that.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2020-11-30 11:57:37 +02:00
Sachin Ahuja
3c9abc7858 QCA vendor attributes to configure TX and RX NSS
Define QCA vendor attributes to dynamically configure TX NSS and RX NSS
to be used with QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION commands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-27 19:34:26 +02:00
Arun Kumar Khandavalli
5b782ff620 Add bus failure reason code to vendor indication
Add bus failure hang reason code in enum qca_wlan_vendor_hang_reason.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-23 20:37:44 +02:00
Srinivas Girigowda
90ca804e47 Add vendor attributes for TWT nudge request
TWT nudge is a combination of suspend and resume in a single request.
Add TWT nudge operation and QCA vendor attributes to support
the TWT nudge request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-17 19:49:23 +02:00
Hai Shalom
2a7023ba6f Change list arguments to const where possible
Change struct dl_list pointer argument to const in list functions that
do not manipulate the list: dl_list_len() and dl_list_empty().

Signed-off-by: Hai Shalom <haishalom@google.com>
2020-11-16 15:50:44 +02:00
Rohan Dutta
fdf114641f nl80211: Send the sae_pwe value to the driver
Use NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE attribute to indicate the sae_pwe value
to the driver during the NL80211_CMD_START_AP and NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.

Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <drohan@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 15:50:44 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
2576f27e04 P2P: Disable P2P in the 6 GHz band for now
P2P usage in the 6 GHz band is not standardized yet by WFA. Disable P2P
operations in the 6 GHz band to avoid potential interop issues with
existing P2P devices in production. P2P operations in the 6 GHz band can
be reenabled later after defining standard ways to address potential
interop issues with existing P2P devices.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 13:15:28 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
2ffd3bb4b6 P2P: Include p2p_6ghz_disable in global configuration
Previously, the configuration to disable the 6 GHz band remained local
to the P2P interface. With this there is a possibility of 6 GHz channels
being included in the channel list when the channel list needs to be
updated if the state changes on one of the interfaces.

Include the configuration to disable the 6 GHz band for P2P as a global
configuration value to prevent the inclusion of 6 GHz channels in the
channel list for P2P when the channel list needs to be updated during
the state change in one of the interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 13:15:28 +02:00
Vinita S. Maloo
60c902f408 Add connect fail reason code from the driver to assoc reject event
Add support to report a vendor specific connect fail reason code fetched
from the driver to users by adding the reason code to the event
CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT. Fetch the connect fail reason code when the
driver sends a failure connection result and append the reason code, if
available, to assoc reject event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 13:15:28 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
7423fa6e8f Vendor feature capability to support concurrent sessions on Wi-Fi bands
Introduces a vendor specific feature capability
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_FEATURE_CONCURRENT_BAND_SESSIONS to know if the device
supports concurrent network sessions on different Wi-Fi bands. This feature
capability is attributed to the hardware's capability to support the same
(e.g., DBS).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 13:15:28 +02:00
Nandha Kishore Easwaran
1934ad9b23 Add extra parameters to vendor command GPIO attribute
Add extra parameters mux_config, drive, and init_enable
to the GPIO config command.

Signed-off-by: Nandha Kishore Easwaran <nandhaki@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 13:15:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0e0d2283e Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2020-11-11.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-11-16 13:15:21 +02:00
Vinita S. Maloo
c2c4686228 Set NLA_F_NESTED flag with NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA conditionally
The newer kernel versions enforce strict netlink attribute policy
validation and will cause cfg80211 to reject vendor commands with
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA if NLA_F_NESTED attribute is not set but
if the vendor command is expecting nested data within
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute.

Most of the earlier instances were addressed by adding NLA_F_NESTED
flag in nla_nest_start(). This commit addresses the remaining
instance in which NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA is populated using data
set by user through the control interface.

Enhance the control interface VENDOR command to indicate whether the
vendor subcommand uses nested attributes within NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
attribute or not.

Set NLA_F_NESTED flag for existing QCA vendor commands which use nested
attributes within the NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attributes so that the
old frameworks implementations for already existing commands work
without any issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-10 23:48:00 +02:00
Srinivas Girigowda
cd3aa54a37 Add test configuration attr to enable/disable full bandwidth UL MU-MIMO
Define a QCA vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_WIFI_TEST_CONFIG_FULL_BW_UL_MU_MIMO to
enable/disable full bandwidth UL MU-MIMO subfield in the HE PHY
capabilities information field for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-10 20:10:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec1f4f3c81 Make GTK length validation for RSN Group 1/2 easier to analyze
This extends the changes in commit c397eff828 ("Make GTK length
validation easier to analyze") to cover the RSN case as well as the WPA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-03 21:10:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c42d41bf35 EAP-IKEv2: Try to make transform parser simpler to understand
Use a local variable to try to make ikev2_parse_proposal() easier for
static analyzers to understand. Bounds checking in the loop is really
done by the ikev2_parse_transform() function, so the p->num_transforms
value itself is of no importance for that part and even that was already
implicitly limited in range.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-03 21:03:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
05962099c3 TDLS: Fix error path for TPK M1 send failure in testing functionality
The previous fix did not actually address this testing functionality
case correctly. Clear the peer pointer to avoid double freeing.

Fixes: a86078c876 ("TDLS: Fix error path handling for TPK M1 send failures")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-03 19:45:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9fed5f5b5 Avoid undefined behavior with memcpy PMK/PSK update
When SAE is used, the local pointer pmk may point to sm->PMK. Skip the
memcpy operation in such a case since it is not really needed and use of
overlapping memory buffers is undefined behavior for memcpy().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-02 18:46:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c643c39287 nl80211: Fix filtering of unsupported bands/modes
The loop for removing unsupported bands was assuming there is always
exactly one band/mode following the removed band. That was not at all
correct, so fix this by dynamically determining how many (if any) bands
need to be moved.

Fixes: 106d67a93c ("nl80211: Filter out unsupported bands")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-02 18:38:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a86078c876 TDLS: Fix error path handling for TPK M1 send failures
Local allocation error or failure to get a random number could have
resulted in the peer entry getting freed and couple of the error path
cases in callers could have tried to reference or delete the peer after
that. Fix this by tracking the errors where the peer is freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-02 17:26:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d490296bc DPP2: Fix error path handling in enterprise provisioning
The allocated memory pointed by the pem pointer was freed on an error
path without clearing the pointer to NULL before returning it from the
function. This could have resulted in use of freed memory in an error
case. Fix this by clearing the pointer so that the function returns NULL
properly in the case of this error.

Fixes: ace3723d98 ("DPP2: Enterprise provisioning (Enrollee)")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-02 16:52:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
589bf1f7a9 DPP2: Fix ppkey parsing
DPP_CONFIGURATOR_ADD processing of the new ppkey parameter had a
copy-paste error in determining the correct length of this parameter.
Fix that by referencing the correct pointer.

Fixes: 9c1fbff074 ("DPP2: Generate a privacy protection key for Configurator")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-02 16:31:02 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
79e3f08d3c 6 GHz: Add support for missing 6 GHz operating classes
Add support for missing 6 GHz operating classes as defined in
IEEE P802.11ax/D7.0.

This is needed to avoid OCV failures on the 6 GHz band when the channel
width is larger than 20 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-30 22:52:47 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
66bed14b22 6 GHz: Fix opclasses mapping in ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext()
Previously only primary channel number used to calculate 6GHz operating
class in ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() and it is always giving 131
operating class. Fix this by mapping operating class using chanwidth and
sec_channel also.

This is needed to avoid OCV failures on the 6 GHz band when the channel
width is larger than 20 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-30 14:20:50 +02:00
Hai Shalom
5e779873ed EAP-SIM peer: Send AT_IDENTITY first
For EAP-SIM connections, reorder the order of the attributes in
EAP-Response/SIM/Start message: Send AT_IDENTITY first, then
AT_NONCE and AT_VERSION instead of AT_IDENTITY last. Even though there
is no order requirements in the RFC, some implementations expect the
order of the attributes to be exactly as described in the RFC figures.

Peer                                      Authenticator
|                                                 |
|                      +------------------------------+
|                      | Server does not have a       |
|                      | Subscriber identity available|
|                      | When starting EAP-SIM        |
|                      +------------------------------+
|                                                 |
|          EAP-Request/SIM/Start                  |
|          (AT_ANY_ID_REQ, AT_VERSION_LIST)       |
|<------------------------------------------------|
|                                                 |
|                                                 |
| EAP-Response/SIM/Start                          |
| (AT_IDENTITY, AT_NONCE_MT,                      |
|  AT_SELECTED_VERSION)                           |
|------------------------------------------------>|
|                                                 |

Signed-off-by: Hai Shalom <haishalom@google.com>
2020-10-30 13:59:49 +02:00
Pooventhiran G
0577e8e679 nl80211: Check for proper nlmsg allocation in send_and_recv_msgs_owner()
When nlmsg allocation fails, nl80211_drv_msg() returns NULL and the call
to send_and_recv_msgs_owner() from nl80211_leave_ibss() could have ended
up dereferencing a NULL pointer. Fix this by make
send_and_recv_msgs_owner() more consistent with other send_and_recv*()
cases that check msg == NULL internally.

Fixes: 12ea7dee31 ("nl80211: Use nl80211 control port for receiving EAPOL frames")
Signed-off-by: Pooventhiran G <pooventh@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-27 11:39:45 +02:00
Disha Das
02289ab537 DPP2: Explicitly check EC_KEY before dereferencing it
In theory, the EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() could fail, so verify that it
succeeds before using the pointer to get the group.

Fixes: 65e94351dc ("DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Request processing and Response generation")
Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-27 11:33:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
106d67a93c nl80211: Filter out unsupported bands
If the driver indicates capability for a band that
hostapd/wpa_supplicant does not support, the struct hostapd_hw_modes
array of bands got an empty entry for that with NUM_HOSTAPD_MODES as the
mode. This resulted in various issues, e.g., with fst_hw_mode_to_band()
hitting a WPA_ASSERT(0).

Fix this by filtering out unsupported bands from the internal data
structures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-26 22:34:07 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
8f0ed71ffe Vendor specific feature capability for Adaptive 11r
Add feature capability indication for Adaptive 11r for the drivers
to advertize support for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-22 23:51:34 +03:00
Arun Kumar Khandavalli
45ae6ae8e1 Add additional vendor specific hang reason codes
Add additional hang reason codes in enum qca_wlan_vendor_hang_reason to
address potential internal failure cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-22 23:47:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2190cdc65 DPP2: Update the default port number for DPP-over-TCP
IANA assigned the TCP port 8908 for DPP, so update the implementation to
match the formal assignment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-21 00:29:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d988b4a5b Fix couple more typos
Couple of similar cases that were not included in the previous commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-20 00:37:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
183e72ae13 SAE-PK: Do not accept SAE-PK status code when no PK is configured
Make sae_status_success() more explicit by rejecting SAE-PK status code
when the AP is not configured with PK.

Fixes: 20ccf97b3d ("SAE-PK: AP functionality")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-20 00:37:01 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
80662accb5 SAE: Don't use potentially uninitialized keys
If SAE_CONFIG_PK is not defined and sae->pk isn't zero (which is
possible as it is controlled by the commit message status code),
sae_derive_keys() may end up deriving PMK and KCK from an
uninitialized array. Fix that.

Fixes: 6b9e99e571 ("SAE-PK: Extend SAE functionality for AP validation")
Fixes: 20ccf97b3d ("SAE-PK: AP functionality")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2020-10-20 00:37:01 +03:00
Pooventhiran G
e364a34c69 OpenSSL: Make openssl_debug_dump_certificate() more robust
SSL_CTX_get0_certificate() returns NULL if no certificate is installed.
While this should not be the case here due to the loop in
openssl_debug_dump_certificate_chains() proceeding only if the
SSL_CTX_set_current_cert() returns success, it is safer to make
openssl_debug_dump_certificate() explicitly check against NULL before
trying to dump details about the certificate.

Signed-off-by: Pooventhiran G <pooventh@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-19 22:57:24 +03:00
Johannes Berg
d68c0dd4d4 build: lib.rules: Add common-clean
During the build reshuffling, I missed this, so doing
'make clean' in a certain src/lib folder doesn't clean
up everything anymore. Fix that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-16 12:51:12 +03:00
Johannes Berg
4c66894fab eap_peer: Add .gitignore with *.so
If wpa_supplicant is built with dynamic EAP methods,
the *.so files land here. Add them to .gitignore.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-16 12:34:16 +03:00
Hu Wang
13256b8cf3 P2P: Stop old listen radio work before go to WAIT_PEER_IDLE state
P2P goes to Listen state while waiting for the peer to become ready for
GO Negotiation. If old listen radio work has not been completed, P2P
fails to go to listen state. This could happen in cases where P2P Action
frame transmission reused ongoing p2p-listen radio work.

p2p0: Add radio work 'p2p-listen'@0x
P2P-FIND-STOPPED
p2p0: Starting radio work 'p2p-listen'@0x after 0.010644 second wait
P2P: Use ongoing radio work for Action frame TX
P2P: Use ongoing radio work for Action frame TX
P2P: State CONNECT -> CONNECT
P2P: State CONNECT -> WAIT_PEER_IDLE
P2P: State WAIT_PEER_IDLE -> WAIT_PEER_CONNECT
P2P: Reject start_listen since p2p_listen_work already exists
P2P: Failed to start listen mode

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-14 23:16:16 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
cc3d6efa8b Add QCA interface for driver to report various connect fail reason codes
The connection process fails for several reasons and the status codes
defined in IEEE Std 802.11 do not cover the locally generated reason
codes. Add an attribute to QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_STA_INFO vendor
sub command which can be used by the driver/firmware to report various
additional reason codes for connection failures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-14 23:06:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
39748963d7 build: Fix libeap_peer.a build
The install target at the beginning of src/eap_peer/Makefile was
confusing make about the build rules for libeap_peer.a and overriding of
the install target between src/eap_peer/Makefile and src/lib.rules was
breaking installation of dynamic EAP peer *.so files.

Fix this by lib.rules defining a default for the install target so that
src/*/Makefile can override that and by moving the install target for
eap_peer to the end of the Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-14 22:57:04 +03:00
Markus Theil
c3f37c35f0 DFS: Use helper functions for VHT/HE parameters
This is needed to cover the HE-specific conf->he_oper_chwidth value in
addition to conf->vht_oper_chwidth.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-14 13:05:11 +03:00
Markus Theil
a72599b319 hw_features: Better debug messages for some error cases
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-14 13:05:11 +03:00
Markus Theil
7f8ac02e85 HE/VHT: Fix frequency setup with HE enabled
Some places in the code base were not using the wrappers like
hostapd_set_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and friends. This could lead to
errors, for example when joining 80 MHz mesh networks. Fix this, by
enforcing usage of these wrappers.

wpa_supplicant_conf_ap_ht() now checks for HE capability before dealing
with VHT in order for these wrappers to work, as they first check HE
support in the config.

While doing these changes, I've noticed that the extra channel setup
code for mesh networks in wpa_supplicant/mesh.c should not be necessary
anymore and dropped it. wpa_supplicant_conf_ap_ht() should handle this
setup already.

Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-14 12:44:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f07230eb9 DPP2: Add privacyProtectionKey into Configurator backup/restore
This allows the privacyProtectionKey to be transferred to a new
Configurator similarly to the way c-sign-key is transferred.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 23:38:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0ccc4017f DPP2: Use ppKey to decrypt E'-id on Configurator
Use the new privacy protection key to decrypt E'-id from Reconfig
Announcement frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 23:38:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99d7bf2348 DPP2: Use the new privacy protection key to protect E-id on Enrollee
Use ppKey instead of C-sign-key to encrypted E-id to E'-id into Reconfig
Announcement frame on the Enrollee side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 23:38:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37df40845a DPP2: Copy received ppKey into wpa_supplicant network profile
Store the received privacy protection key from Connector into
wpa_supplicant network profile and indicate it through the control
interface similarly to C-sign-key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 23:38:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8ee2292bd DPP2: Parse ppKey from Connector
This will be used to protect E-id in Reconfig Announcement frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 23:38:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a8c928871 DPP2: Add ppKey into Connector
This provides the new privacy protection key to the Enrollee so that
this can be used to protect E-id in Reconfig Announcement frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 23:38:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c1fbff074 DPP2: Generate a privacy protection key for Configurator
Generate a new key for Configurator. This is either generated
automatically for the specified curve or provided from external source
with the new ppkey=<val> argument similarly to the way c-sign-key was
previously generated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 19:59:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d14758450 DPP: Make dpp_keygen_configurator() a static function
This was not used anywhere outside dpp.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 19:48:29 +03:00
Johannes Berg
1d0d8888af build: Make more library things common
We don't really need to duplicate more of this, so just
move the lib.rules include to the end and do more of the
stuff that's common anyway there.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-12 20:20:35 +03:00
Johannes Berg
f4b3d14e97 build: Make a common library build
Derive the library name from the directory name, and let each
library Makefile only declare the objects that are needed.

This reduces duplicate code for the ar call. While at it, also
pretty-print that call.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-12 20:20:20 +03:00
Johannes Berg
ac1447ae9d build: Rebuild libs all the time
When files change that go into a static library such as libutils.a, then
libutils.a doesn't get rebuilt from, e.g., wlantest because the
top-level Makefile just calls the library make if the library doesn't
exist yet.

Change that by making the library depend on a phony target (cannot make
it itself phony due to the pattern) so that the build will always
recurse into the library build, and check there if the library needs to
be rebuilt.

While at it, remove the (actually unnecessary) mkdir so it doesn't get
done each and every time you do 'make'.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-12 20:18:02 +03:00
Johannes Berg
154b18d950 build: Fix dependency file inclusion
The objs.mk include changes for archive files broke things
completely and none of the dependency files (*.d) ever got
included, as the expansion there ended up empty.

Clearly, my mistake, I should've tested that better. As we
don't need the %.a files in the list there use filter-out
to remove them, rather than what I had lazily wanted to do,
which was trying to read %.d files for them. The filter-out
actually works, and avoids looking up files that can never
exist in the first place.

Fixes: 87098d3324 ("build: Put archive files into build/ folder too")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-12 11:05:16 +03:00
Ze Gan
79db311e89 macsec_linux: Fix receive-lowest-PN setting
Setting of the PN for the receive SA failed because the SCI wasn't
provided. Fix this by adding the needed attribute to the command.

Signed-off-by: Ze Gan <ganze718@gmail.com>
2020-10-11 20:35:35 +03:00
Johannes Berg
283eee8eed gitignore: Clean up a bit
Now that we no longer leave build artifacts outside the build folder, we
can clean up the gitignore a bit. Also move more things to per-folder
files that we mostly had already anyway.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-11 19:32:50 +03:00
Johannes Berg
87098d3324 build: Put archive files into build/ folder too
This is something I hadn't previously done, but there are
cases where it's needed, e.g., building 'wlantest' and then
one of the tests/fuzzing/*/ projects, they use a different
configuration (fuzzing vs. not fuzzing).

Perhaps more importantly, this gets rid of the last thing
that was dumped into the source directories, apart from
the binaries themselves.

Note that due to the use of thin archives, this required
building with absolute paths.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-11 11:16:00 +03:00
Johannes Berg
00b5e99b65 build: Use the new build system for fuzz tests
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-11 11:15:16 +03:00
Juliusz Sosinowicz
a49f628845 wolfSSL: Fix wrong types in tls_wolfssl.c
wolfSSL_X509_get_ext_d2i() returns STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME)* for
ALT_NAMES_OID therefore wolfSSL_sk_value needs to expect a
WOLFSSL_GENERAL_NAME*.

In addition, explicitly check for NULL return from wolfSSL_sk_value().

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2020-10-11 10:56:47 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
52a1b28345 nl80211: Unbreak mode processing due to presence of S1G band
If kernel advertises a band with channels < 2.4 GHz
hostapd/wpa_supplicant gets confused and assumes this is an IEEE
802.11b, corrupting the real IEEE 802.11b band info.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
2020-10-10 20:49:59 +03:00
Johannes Berg
ce963433bd build: Allow overriding BUILDDIR from command line
You can now specify BUILDDIR= on the make command line,
e.g., in order to put that into a tmpfs or similar.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 13:06:53 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6acda53222 build: Add .config file to dependencies
If the .config file changes, basically everything needs to be
rebuilt since we don't try to detect which symbols changed or
such. Now that the .config file handling is in the common
build system, make everything depend on it if there's one.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:52:58 +03:00
Johannes Berg
722138cd25 build: Put object files into build/ folder
Instead of building in the source tree, put most object
files into the build/ folder at the root, and put each
thing that's being built into a separate folder.

This then allows us to build hostapd and wpa_supplicant
(or other combinations) without "make clean" inbetween.

For the tests keep the objects in place for now (and to
do that, add the build rule) so that we don't have to
rewrite all of that with $(call BUILDOBJS,...) which is
just noise there.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:51:39 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0464d5d5d6 build: Move config file handling into build.rules
This will make it easier to split out the handling in
a proper way, and handle common cflags/dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:49:31 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0430bc8267 build: Add a common-clean target
Clean up in a more common fashion as well, initially for ../src/.

Also add $(Q) to the clean target in src/

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:48:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
06a6adb54e build: Use build.rules in lib.rules
Use the new build.rules in lib.rules and also unify the
clean targets to lib.rules.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:47:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
3ff115db6f build: Disable built-in rules
This makes things faster and easier to debug.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:47:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
a41a29192e build: Pull common fragments into a build.rules file
Some things are used by most of the binaries, pull them
into a common rule fragment that we can use properly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:47:29 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
a28d127b1a AP: Reflect status code in SAE reflection attack test
When testing SAE reflection, the incoming commit may have the H2E status
code (126) or SAE-PK (127), but the test code in the AP was always
sending back status code 0. The STA would then reject the commit
response due to expecting H2E/SAE-PK status code.

Just reflect the incoming status code so the commit can be rejected
based on the SAE contents regardless of which variant of SAE was used.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Roy Marples
8776551bf8 BSD: don't log SIOCG80211 errors during interface setup
Unless debugging.
wpa_supplicant will log it failed to initialized the driver for the
interface anyway so this just silences some noise for users.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Matthew Wang
922fa09972 Global parser functions to return 1 when property unchanged
Currently, wpa_config_set(), the function that sets wpa_supplicant
per-network properties, returns 1 when a property it attempts to set is
unchanged. Its global parallel, wpa_config_process_global(), doesn't do
this even though much of the code is very similar. Change this, and
several of the parser functions, to resemble the per-network parser and
setter functions.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
1c58317f56 D-Bus: Allow changing an interface bridge via D-Bus
D-Bus clients can call CreateInterface() once and use the resulting
Interface object to connect multiple times to different networks.

However, if the network interface gets added to a bridge, clients
currently have to remove the Interface object and create a new one.

Improve this by supporting the change of the BridgeIfname property of
an existing Interface object.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2020-10-09 15:18:10 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
debf3e2165 OCV: Work around for misbehaving STAs that indicate OCVC=1 without OCI
Some legacy stations copy previously reserved RSN capability bits,
including OCVC, in (Re)Association Request frames from the AP's RSNE but
do not indicate MFP capability and/or do not send OCI in RSN handshakes.
This is causing connection failures with such erroneous STAs.

To improve interoperability with such legacy STAs allow a workaround OCV
mode to be enabled to ignore OCVC=1 from the STA if it does not follow
OCV requirements in the first protected exchange. This covers cases
where a STA claims to have OCV capability, but it does not negotiate use
of management frame protection or does not include OCI in EAPOL Key msg
2/4, FT Reassociation Request frame, or FILS (Re)Association Reqest.

The previous behavior with ocv=1 is maintained, i.e., misbehaving STAs
are not allowed to connect. When the new workaround mode is enabled with
ocv=2, the AP considers STA as OCV capable on below criteria
- STA indicates both OCV and MFP capability
- STA sends OCI during connection attempt in a protected frame

Enabling this workaround mode reduced OCV protection to some extend
since it allows misbehavior to go through. As such, this should be
enabled only if interoperability with misbehaving STAs is needed.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-08 18:46:38 +03:00
Shaakir Mohamed
d48a3a6768 FT: Modify status code in FT Reassoc frame for invalid OCI channel info
Modify status code in FT Reassociation Response frame from
WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE to WLAN_STATUS_INVALID_FTE when replying
to an invalid OCI channel info (subelement of FTE) in FT Reassociation
Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Shaakir Mohamed <smohamed@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-08 00:20:10 +03:00
Andrew Beltrano
980c4da413 DPP2: Presence Announcement notification in AP
Generate a control interface event upon receipt of DPP Presence
Announcement frames. This allows external programs to instrument hostapd
with bootstrapping information on-demand.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Beltrano <anbeltra@microsoft.com>
2020-10-07 21:20:18 +03:00